aboutsummaryrefslogtreecommitdiff
path: root/gdb/symtab.c
blob: 4acd4a17b59c08b703b38aa0c615af2d3936ea21 (plain)
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
161
162
163
164
165
166
167
168
169
170
171
172
173
174
175
176
177
178
179
180
181
182
183
184
185
186
187
188
189
190
191
192
193
194
195
196
197
198
199
200
201
202
203
204
205
206
207
208
209
210
211
212
213
214
215
216
217
218
219
220
221
222
223
224
225
226
227
228
229
230
231
232
233
234
235
236
237
238
239
240
241
242
243
244
245
246
247
248
249
250
251
252
253
254
255
256
257
258
259
260
261
262
263
264
265
266
267
268
269
270
271
272
273
274
275
276
277
278
279
280
281
282
283
284
285
286
287
288
289
290
291
292
293
294
295
296
297
298
299
300
301
302
303
304
305
306
307
308
309
310
311
312
313
314
315
316
317
318
319
320
321
322
323
324
325
326
327
328
329
330
331
332
333
334
335
336
337
338
339
340
341
342
343
344
345
346
347
348
349
350
351
352
353
354
355
356
357
358
359
360
361
362
363
364
365
366
367
368
369
370
371
372
373
374
375
376
377
378
379
380
381
382
383
384
385
386
387
388
389
390
391
392
393
394
395
396
397
398
399
400
401
402
403
404
405
406
407
408
409
410
411
412
413
414
415
416
417
418
419
420
421
422
423
424
425
426
427
428
429
430
431
432
433
434
435
436
437
438
439
440
441
442
443
444
445
446
447
448
449
450
451
452
453
454
455
456
457
458
459
460
461
462
463
464
465
466
467
468
469
470
471
472
473
474
475
476
477
478
479
480
481
482
483
484
485
486
487
488
489
490
491
492
493
494
495
496
497
498
499
500
501
502
503
504
505
506
507
508
509
510
511
512
513
514
515
516
517
518
519
520
521
522
523
524
525
526
527
528
529
530
531
532
533
534
535
536
537
538
539
540
541
542
543
544
545
546
547
548
549
550
551
552
553
554
555
556
557
558
559
560
561
562
563
564
565
566
567
568
569
570
571
572
573
574
575
576
577
578
579
580
581
582
583
584
585
586
587
588
589
590
591
592
593
594
595
596
597
598
599
600
601
602
603
604
605
606
607
608
609
610
611
612
613
614
615
616
617
618
619
620
621
622
623
624
625
626
627
628
629
630
631
632
633
634
635
636
637
638
639
640
641
642
643
644
645
646
647
648
649
650
651
652
653
654
655
656
657
658
659
660
661
662
663
664
665
666
667
668
669
670
671
672
673
674
675
676
677
678
679
680
681
682
683
684
685
686
687
688
689
690
691
692
693
694
695
696
697
698
699
700
701
702
703
704
705
706
707
708
709
710
711
712
713
714
715
716
717
718
719
720
721
722
723
724
725
726
727
728
729
730
731
732
733
734
735
736
737
738
739
740
741
742
743
744
745
746
747
748
749
750
751
752
753
754
755
756
757
758
759
760
761
762
763
764
765
766
767
768
769
770
771
772
773
774
775
776
777
778
779
780
781
782
783
784
785
786
787
788
789
790
791
792
793
794
795
796
797
798
799
800
801
802
803
804
805
806
807
808
809
810
811
812
813
814
815
816
817
818
819
820
821
822
823
824
825
826
827
828
829
830
831
832
833
834
835
836
837
838
839
840
841
842
843
844
845
846
847
848
849
850
851
852
853
854
855
856
857
858
859
860
861
862
863
864
865
866
867
868
869
870
871
872
873
874
875
876
877
878
879
880
881
882
883
884
885
886
887
888
889
890
891
892
893
894
895
896
897
898
899
900
901
902
903
904
905
906
907
908
909
910
911
912
913
914
915
916
917
918
919
920
921
922
923
924
925
926
927
928
929
930
931
932
933
934
935
936
937
938
939
940
941
942
943
944
945
946
947
948
949
950
951
952
953
954
955
956
957
958
959
960
961
962
963
964
965
966
967
968
969
970
971
972
973
974
975
976
977
978
979
980
981
982
983
984
985
986
987
988
989
990
991
992
993
994
995
996
997
998
999
1000
1001
1002
1003
1004
1005
1006
1007
1008
1009
1010
1011
1012
1013
1014
1015
1016
1017
1018
1019
1020
1021
1022
1023
1024
1025
1026
1027
1028
1029
1030
1031
1032
1033
1034
1035
1036
1037
1038
1039
1040
1041
1042
1043
1044
1045
1046
1047
1048
1049
1050
1051
1052
1053
1054
1055
1056
1057
1058
1059
1060
1061
1062
1063
1064
1065
1066
1067
1068
1069
1070
1071
1072
1073
1074
1075
1076
1077
1078
1079
1080
1081
1082
1083
1084
1085
1086
1087
1088
1089
1090
1091
1092
1093
1094
1095
1096
1097
1098
1099
1100
1101
1102
1103
1104
1105
1106
1107
1108
1109
1110
1111
1112
1113
1114
1115
1116
1117
1118
1119
1120
1121
1122
1123
1124
1125
1126
1127
1128
1129
1130
1131
1132
1133
1134
1135
1136
1137
1138
1139
1140
1141
1142
1143
1144
1145
1146
1147
1148
1149
1150
1151
1152
1153
1154
1155
1156
1157
1158
1159
1160
1161
1162
1163
1164
1165
1166
1167
1168
1169
1170
1171
1172
1173
1174
1175
1176
1177
1178
1179
1180
1181
1182
1183
1184
1185
1186
1187
1188
1189
1190
1191
1192
1193
1194
1195
1196
1197
1198
1199
1200
1201
1202
1203
1204
1205
1206
1207
1208
1209
1210
1211
1212
1213
1214
1215
1216
1217
1218
1219
1220
1221
1222
1223
1224
1225
1226
1227
1228
1229
1230
1231
1232
1233
1234
1235
1236
1237
1238
1239
1240
1241
1242
1243
1244
1245
1246
1247
1248
1249
1250
1251
1252
1253
1254
1255
1256
1257
1258
1259
1260
1261
1262
1263
1264
1265
1266
1267
1268
1269
1270
1271
1272
1273
1274
1275
1276
1277
1278
1279
1280
1281
1282
1283
1284
1285
1286
1287
1288
1289
1290
1291
1292
1293
1294
1295
1296
1297
1298
1299
1300
1301
1302
1303
1304
1305
1306
1307
1308
1309
1310
1311
1312
1313
1314
1315
1316
1317
1318
1319
1320
1321
1322
1323
1324
1325
1326
1327
1328
1329
1330
1331
1332
1333
1334
1335
1336
1337
1338
1339
1340
1341
1342
1343
1344
1345
1346
1347
1348
1349
1350
1351
1352
1353
1354
1355
1356
1357
1358
1359
1360
1361
1362
1363
1364
1365
1366
1367
1368
1369
1370
1371
1372
1373
1374
1375
1376
1377
1378
1379
1380
1381
1382
1383
1384
1385
1386
1387
1388
1389
1390
1391
1392
1393
1394
1395
1396
1397
1398
1399
1400
1401
1402
1403
1404
1405
1406
1407
1408
1409
1410
1411
1412
1413
1414
1415
1416
1417
1418
1419
1420
1421
1422
1423
1424
1425
1426
1427
1428
1429
1430
1431
1432
1433
1434
1435
1436
1437
1438
1439
1440
1441
1442
1443
1444
1445
1446
1447
1448
1449
1450
1451
1452
1453
1454
1455
1456
1457
1458
1459
1460
1461
1462
1463
1464
1465
1466
1467
1468
1469
1470
1471
1472
1473
1474
1475
1476
1477
1478
1479
1480
1481
1482
1483
1484
1485
1486
1487
1488
1489
1490
1491
1492
1493
1494
1495
1496
1497
1498
1499
1500
1501
1502
1503
1504
1505
1506
1507
1508
1509
1510
1511
1512
1513
1514
1515
1516
1517
1518
1519
1520
1521
1522
1523
1524
1525
1526
1527
1528
1529
1530
1531
1532
1533
1534
1535
1536
1537
1538
1539
1540
1541
1542
1543
1544
1545
1546
1547
1548
1549
1550
1551
1552
1553
1554
1555
1556
1557
1558
1559
1560
1561
1562
1563
1564
1565
1566
1567
1568
1569
1570
1571
1572
1573
1574
1575
1576
1577
1578
1579
1580
1581
1582
1583
1584
1585
1586
1587
1588
1589
1590
1591
1592
1593
1594
1595
1596
1597
1598
1599
1600
1601
1602
1603
1604
1605
1606
1607
1608
1609
1610
1611
1612
1613
1614
1615
1616
1617
1618
1619
1620
1621
1622
1623
1624
1625
1626
1627
1628
1629
1630
1631
1632
1633
1634
1635
1636
1637
1638
1639
1640
1641
1642
1643
1644
1645
1646
1647
1648
1649
1650
1651
1652
1653
1654
1655
1656
1657
1658
1659
1660
1661
1662
1663
1664
1665
1666
1667
1668
1669
1670
1671
1672
1673
1674
1675
1676
1677
1678
1679
1680
1681
1682
1683
1684
1685
1686
1687
1688
1689
1690
1691
1692
1693
1694
1695
1696
1697
1698
1699
1700
1701
1702
1703
1704
1705
1706
1707
1708
1709
1710
1711
1712
1713
1714
1715
1716
1717
1718
1719
1720
1721
1722
1723
1724
1725
1726
1727
1728
1729
1730
1731
1732
1733
1734
1735
1736
1737
1738
1739
1740
1741
1742
1743
1744
1745
1746
1747
1748
1749
1750
1751
1752
1753
1754
1755
1756
1757
1758
1759
1760
1761
1762
1763
1764
1765
1766
1767
1768
1769
1770
1771
1772
1773
1774
1775
1776
1777
1778
1779
1780
1781
1782
1783
1784
1785
1786
1787
1788
1789
1790
1791
1792
1793
1794
1795
1796
1797
1798
1799
1800
1801
1802
1803
1804
1805
1806
1807
1808
1809
1810
1811
1812
1813
1814
1815
1816
1817
1818
1819
1820
1821
1822
1823
1824
1825
1826
1827
1828
1829
1830
1831
1832
1833
1834
1835
1836
1837
1838
1839
1840
1841
1842
1843
1844
1845
1846
1847
1848
1849
1850
1851
1852
1853
1854
1855
1856
1857
1858
1859
1860
1861
1862
1863
1864
1865
1866
1867
1868
1869
1870
1871
1872
1873
1874
1875
1876
1877
1878
1879
1880
1881
1882
1883
1884
1885
1886
1887
1888
1889
1890
1891
1892
1893
1894
1895
1896
1897
1898
1899
1900
1901
1902
1903
1904
1905
1906
1907
1908
1909
1910
1911
1912
1913
1914
1915
1916
1917
1918
1919
1920
1921
1922
1923
1924
1925
1926
1927
1928
1929
1930
1931
1932
1933
1934
1935
1936
1937
1938
1939
1940
1941
1942
1943
1944
1945
1946
1947
1948
1949
1950
1951
1952
1953
1954
1955
1956
1957
1958
1959
1960
1961
1962
1963
1964
1965
1966
1967
1968
1969
1970
1971
1972
1973
1974
1975
1976
1977
1978
1979
1980
1981
1982
1983
1984
1985
1986
1987
1988
1989
1990
1991
1992
1993
1994
1995
1996
1997
1998
1999
2000
2001
2002
2003
2004
2005
2006
2007
2008
2009
2010
2011
2012
2013
2014
2015
2016
2017
2018
2019
2020
2021
2022
2023
2024
2025
2026
2027
2028
2029
2030
2031
2032
2033
2034
2035
2036
2037
2038
2039
2040
2041
2042
2043
2044
2045
2046
2047
2048
2049
2050
2051
2052
2053
2054
2055
2056
2057
2058
2059
2060
2061
2062
2063
2064
2065
2066
2067
2068
2069
2070
2071
2072
2073
2074
2075
2076
2077
2078
2079
2080
2081
2082
2083
2084
2085
2086
2087
2088
2089
2090
2091
2092
2093
2094
2095
2096
2097
2098
2099
2100
2101
2102
2103
2104
2105
2106
2107
2108
2109
2110
2111
2112
2113
2114
2115
2116
2117
2118
2119
2120
2121
2122
2123
2124
2125
2126
2127
2128
2129
2130
2131
2132
2133
2134
2135
2136
2137
2138
2139
2140
2141
2142
2143
2144
2145
2146
2147
2148
2149
2150
2151
2152
2153
2154
2155
2156
2157
2158
2159
2160
2161
2162
2163
2164
2165
2166
2167
2168
2169
2170
2171
2172
2173
2174
2175
2176
2177
2178
2179
2180
2181
2182
2183
2184
2185
2186
2187
2188
2189
2190
2191
2192
2193
2194
2195
2196
2197
2198
2199
2200
2201
2202
2203
2204
2205
2206
2207
2208
2209
2210
2211
2212
2213
2214
2215
2216
2217
2218
2219
2220
2221
2222
2223
2224
2225
2226
2227
2228
2229
2230
2231
2232
2233
2234
2235
2236
2237
2238
2239
2240
2241
2242
2243
2244
2245
2246
2247
2248
2249
2250
2251
2252
2253
2254
2255
2256
2257
2258
2259
2260
2261
2262
2263
2264
2265
2266
2267
2268
2269
2270
2271
2272
2273
2274
2275
2276
2277
2278
2279
2280
2281
2282
2283
2284
2285
2286
2287
2288
2289
2290
2291
2292
2293
2294
2295
2296
2297
2298
2299
2300
2301
2302
2303
2304
2305
2306
2307
2308
2309
2310
2311
2312
2313
2314
2315
2316
2317
2318
2319
2320
2321
2322
2323
2324
2325
2326
2327
2328
2329
2330
2331
2332
2333
2334
2335
2336
2337
2338
2339
2340
2341
2342
2343
2344
2345
2346
2347
2348
2349
2350
2351
2352
2353
2354
2355
2356
2357
2358
2359
2360
2361
2362
2363
2364
2365
2366
2367
2368
2369
2370
2371
2372
2373
2374
2375
2376
2377
2378
2379
2380
2381
2382
2383
2384
2385
2386
2387
2388
2389
2390
2391
2392
2393
2394
2395
2396
2397
2398
2399
2400
2401
2402
2403
2404
2405
2406
2407
2408
2409
2410
2411
2412
2413
2414
2415
2416
2417
2418
2419
2420
2421
2422
2423
2424
2425
2426
2427
2428
2429
2430
2431
2432
2433
2434
2435
2436
2437
2438
2439
2440
2441
2442
2443
2444
2445
2446
2447
2448
2449
2450
2451
2452
2453
2454
2455
2456
2457
2458
2459
2460
2461
2462
2463
2464
2465
2466
2467
2468
2469
2470
2471
2472
2473
2474
2475
2476
2477
2478
2479
2480
2481
2482
2483
2484
2485
2486
2487
2488
2489
2490
2491
2492
2493
2494
2495
2496
2497
2498
2499
2500
2501
2502
2503
2504
2505
2506
2507
2508
2509
2510
2511
2512
2513
2514
2515
2516
2517
2518
2519
2520
2521
2522
2523
2524
2525
2526
2527
2528
2529
2530
2531
2532
2533
2534
2535
2536
2537
2538
2539
2540
2541
2542
2543
2544
2545
2546
2547
2548
2549
2550
2551
2552
2553
2554
2555
2556
2557
2558
2559
2560
2561
2562
2563
2564
2565
2566
2567
2568
2569
2570
2571
2572
2573
2574
2575
2576
2577
2578
2579
2580
2581
2582
2583
2584
2585
2586
2587
2588
2589
2590
2591
2592
2593
2594
2595
2596
2597
2598
2599
2600
2601
2602
2603
2604
2605
2606
2607
2608
2609
2610
2611
2612
2613
2614
2615
2616
2617
2618
2619
2620
2621
2622
2623
2624
2625
2626
2627
2628
2629
2630
2631
2632
2633
2634
2635
2636
2637
2638
2639
2640
2641
2642
2643
2644
2645
2646
2647
2648
2649
2650
2651
2652
2653
2654
2655
2656
2657
2658
2659
2660
2661
2662
2663
2664
2665
2666
2667
2668
2669
2670
2671
2672
2673
2674
2675
2676
2677
2678
2679
2680
2681
2682
2683
2684
2685
2686
2687
2688
2689
2690
2691
2692
2693
2694
2695
2696
2697
2698
2699
2700
2701
2702
2703
2704
2705
2706
2707
2708
2709
2710
2711
2712
2713
2714
2715
2716
2717
2718
2719
2720
2721
2722
2723
2724
2725
2726
2727
2728
2729
2730
2731
2732
2733
2734
2735
2736
2737
2738
2739
2740
2741
2742
2743
2744
2745
2746
2747
2748
2749
2750
2751
2752
2753
2754
2755
2756
2757
2758
2759
2760
2761
2762
2763
2764
2765
2766
2767
2768
2769
2770
2771
2772
2773
2774
2775
2776
2777
2778
2779
2780
2781
2782
2783
2784
2785
2786
2787
2788
2789
2790
2791
2792
2793
2794
2795
2796
2797
2798
2799
2800
2801
2802
2803
2804
2805
2806
2807
2808
2809
2810
2811
2812
2813
2814
2815
2816
2817
2818
2819
2820
2821
2822
2823
2824
2825
2826
2827
2828
2829
2830
2831
2832
2833
2834
2835
2836
2837
2838
2839
2840
2841
2842
2843
2844
2845
2846
2847
2848
2849
2850
2851
2852
2853
2854
2855
2856
2857
2858
2859
2860
2861
2862
2863
2864
2865
2866
2867
2868
2869
2870
2871
2872
2873
2874
2875
2876
2877
2878
2879
2880
2881
2882
2883
2884
2885
2886
2887
2888
2889
2890
2891
2892
2893
2894
2895
2896
2897
2898
2899
2900
2901
2902
2903
2904
2905
2906
2907
2908
2909
2910
2911
2912
2913
2914
2915
2916
2917
2918
2919
2920
2921
2922
2923
2924
2925
2926
2927
2928
2929
2930
2931
2932
2933
2934
2935
2936
2937
2938
2939
2940
2941
2942
2943
2944
2945
2946
2947
2948
2949
2950
2951
2952
2953
2954
2955
2956
2957
2958
2959
2960
2961
2962
2963
2964
2965
2966
2967
2968
2969
2970
2971
2972
2973
2974
2975
2976
2977
2978
2979
2980
2981
2982
2983
2984
2985
2986
2987
2988
2989
2990
2991
2992
2993
2994
2995
2996
2997
2998
2999
3000
3001
3002
3003
3004
3005
3006
3007
3008
3009
3010
3011
3012
3013
3014
3015
3016
3017
3018
3019
3020
3021
3022
3023
3024
3025
3026
3027
3028
3029
3030
3031
3032
3033
3034
3035
3036
3037
3038
3039
3040
3041
3042
3043
3044
3045
3046
3047
3048
3049
3050
3051
3052
3053
3054
3055
3056
3057
3058
3059
3060
3061
3062
3063
3064
3065
3066
3067
3068
3069
3070
3071
3072
3073
3074
3075
3076
3077
3078
3079
3080
3081
3082
3083
3084
3085
3086
3087
3088
3089
3090
3091
3092
3093
3094
3095
3096
3097
3098
3099
3100
3101
3102
3103
3104
3105
3106
3107
3108
3109
3110
3111
3112
3113
3114
3115
3116
3117
3118
3119
3120
3121
3122
3123
3124
3125
3126
3127
3128
3129
3130
3131
3132
3133
3134
3135
3136
3137
3138
3139
3140
3141
3142
3143
3144
3145
3146
3147
3148
3149
3150
3151
3152
3153
3154
3155
3156
3157
3158
3159
3160
3161
3162
3163
3164
3165
3166
3167
3168
3169
3170
3171
3172
3173
3174
3175
3176
3177
3178
3179
3180
3181
3182
3183
3184
3185
3186
3187
3188
3189
3190
3191
3192
3193
3194
3195
3196
3197
3198
3199
3200
3201
3202
3203
3204
3205
3206
3207
3208
3209
3210
3211
3212
3213
3214
3215
3216
3217
3218
3219
3220
3221
3222
3223
3224
3225
3226
3227
3228
3229
3230
3231
3232
3233
3234
3235
3236
3237
3238
3239
3240
3241
3242
3243
3244
3245
3246
3247
3248
3249
3250
3251
3252
3253
3254
3255
3256
3257
3258
3259
3260
3261
3262
3263
3264
3265
3266
3267
3268
3269
3270
3271
3272
3273
3274
3275
3276
3277
3278
3279
3280
3281
3282
3283
3284
3285
3286
3287
3288
3289
3290
3291
3292
3293
3294
3295
3296
3297
3298
3299
3300
3301
3302
3303
3304
3305
3306
3307
3308
3309
3310
3311
3312
3313
3314
3315
3316
3317
3318
3319
3320
3321
3322
3323
3324
3325
3326
3327
3328
3329
3330
3331
3332
3333
3334
3335
3336
3337
3338
3339
3340
3341
3342
3343
3344
3345
3346
3347
3348
3349
3350
3351
3352
3353
3354
3355
3356
3357
3358
3359
3360
3361
3362
3363
3364
3365
3366
3367
3368
3369
3370
3371
3372
3373
3374
3375
3376
3377
3378
3379
3380
3381
3382
3383
3384
3385
3386
3387
3388
3389
3390
3391
3392
3393
3394
3395
3396
3397
3398
3399
3400
3401
3402
3403
3404
3405
3406
3407
3408
3409
3410
3411
3412
3413
3414
3415
3416
3417
3418
3419
3420
3421
3422
3423
3424
3425
3426
3427
3428
3429
3430
3431
3432
3433
3434
3435
3436
3437
3438
3439
3440
3441
3442
3443
3444
3445
3446
3447
3448
3449
3450
3451
3452
3453
3454
3455
3456
3457
3458
3459
3460
3461
3462
3463
3464
3465
3466
3467
3468
3469
3470
3471
3472
3473
3474
3475
3476
3477
3478
3479
3480
3481
3482
3483
3484
3485
3486
3487
3488
3489
3490
3491
3492
3493
3494
3495
3496
3497
3498
3499
3500
3501
3502
3503
3504
3505
3506
3507
3508
3509
3510
3511
3512
3513
3514
3515
3516
3517
3518
3519
3520
3521
3522
3523
3524
3525
3526
3527
3528
3529
3530
3531
3532
3533
3534
3535
3536
3537
3538
3539
3540
3541
3542
3543
3544
3545
3546
3547
3548
3549
3550
3551
3552
3553
3554
3555
3556
3557
3558
3559
3560
3561
3562
3563
3564
3565
3566
3567
3568
3569
3570
3571
3572
3573
3574
3575
3576
3577
3578
3579
3580
3581
3582
3583
3584
3585
3586
3587
3588
3589
3590
3591
3592
3593
3594
3595
3596
3597
3598
3599
3600
3601
3602
3603
3604
3605
3606
3607
3608
3609
3610
3611
3612
3613
3614
3615
3616
3617
3618
3619
3620
3621
3622
3623
3624
3625
3626
3627
3628
3629
3630
3631
3632
3633
3634
3635
3636
3637
3638
3639
3640
3641
3642
3643
3644
3645
3646
3647
3648
3649
3650
3651
3652
3653
3654
3655
3656
3657
3658
3659
3660
3661
3662
3663
3664
3665
3666
3667
3668
3669
3670
3671
3672
3673
3674
3675
3676
3677
3678
3679
3680
3681
3682
3683
3684
3685
3686
3687
3688
3689
3690
3691
3692
3693
3694
3695
3696
3697
3698
3699
3700
3701
3702
3703
3704
3705
3706
3707
3708
3709
3710
3711
3712
3713
3714
3715
3716
3717
3718
3719
3720
3721
3722
3723
3724
3725
3726
3727
3728
3729
3730
3731
3732
3733
3734
3735
3736
3737
3738
3739
3740
3741
3742
3743
3744
3745
3746
3747
3748
3749
3750
3751
3752
3753
3754
3755
3756
3757
3758
3759
3760
3761
3762
3763
3764
3765
3766
3767
3768
3769
3770
3771
3772
3773
3774
3775
3776
3777
3778
3779
3780
3781
3782
3783
3784
3785
3786
3787
3788
3789
3790
3791
3792
3793
3794
3795
3796
3797
3798
3799
3800
3801
3802
3803
3804
3805
3806
3807
3808
3809
3810
3811
3812
3813
3814
3815
3816
3817
3818
3819
3820
3821
3822
3823
3824
3825
3826
3827
3828
3829
3830
3831
3832
3833
3834
3835
3836
3837
3838
3839
3840
3841
3842
3843
3844
3845
3846
3847
3848
3849
3850
3851
3852
3853
3854
3855
3856
3857
3858
3859
3860
3861
3862
3863
3864
3865
3866
3867
3868
3869
3870
3871
3872
3873
3874
3875
3876
3877
3878
3879
3880
3881
3882
3883
3884
3885
3886
3887
3888
3889
3890
3891
3892
3893
3894
3895
3896
3897
3898
3899
3900
3901
3902
3903
3904
3905
3906
3907
3908
3909
3910
3911
3912
3913
3914
3915
3916
3917
3918
3919
3920
3921
3922
3923
3924
3925
3926
3927
3928
3929
3930
3931
3932
3933
3934
3935
3936
3937
3938
3939
3940
3941
3942
3943
3944
3945
3946
3947
3948
3949
3950
3951
3952
3953
3954
3955
3956
3957
3958
3959
3960
3961
3962
3963
3964
3965
3966
3967
3968
3969
3970
3971
3972
3973
3974
3975
3976
3977
3978
3979
3980
3981
3982
3983
3984
3985
3986
3987
3988
3989
3990
3991
3992
3993
3994
3995
3996
3997
3998
3999
4000
4001
4002
4003
4004
4005
4006
4007
4008
4009
4010
4011
4012
4013
4014
4015
4016
4017
4018
4019
4020
4021
4022
4023
4024
4025
4026
4027
4028
4029
4030
4031
4032
4033
4034
4035
4036
4037
4038
4039
4040
4041
4042
4043
4044
4045
4046
4047
4048
4049
4050
4051
4052
4053
4054
4055
4056
4057
4058
4059
4060
4061
4062
4063
4064
4065
4066
4067
4068
4069
4070
4071
4072
4073
4074
4075
4076
4077
4078
4079
4080
4081
4082
4083
4084
4085
4086
4087
4088
4089
4090
4091
4092
4093
4094
4095
4096
4097
4098
4099
4100
4101
4102
4103
4104
4105
4106
4107
4108
4109
4110
4111
4112
4113
4114
4115
4116
4117
4118
4119
4120
4121
4122
4123
4124
4125
4126
4127
4128
4129
4130
4131
4132
4133
4134
4135
4136
4137
4138
4139
4140
4141
4142
4143
4144
4145
4146
4147
4148
4149
4150
4151
4152
4153
4154
4155
4156
4157
4158
4159
4160
4161
4162
4163
4164
4165
4166
4167
4168
4169
4170
4171
4172
4173
4174
4175
4176
4177
4178
4179
4180
4181
4182
4183
4184
4185
4186
4187
4188
4189
4190
4191
4192
4193
4194
4195
4196
4197
4198
4199
4200
4201
4202
4203
4204
4205
4206
4207
4208
4209
4210
4211
4212
4213
4214
4215
4216
4217
4218
4219
4220
4221
4222
4223
4224
4225
4226
4227
4228
4229
4230
4231
4232
4233
4234
4235
4236
4237
4238
4239
4240
4241
4242
4243
4244
4245
4246
4247
4248
4249
4250
4251
4252
4253
4254
4255
4256
4257
4258
4259
4260
4261
4262
4263
4264
4265
4266
4267
4268
4269
4270
4271
4272
4273
4274
4275
4276
4277
4278
4279
4280
4281
4282
4283
4284
4285
4286
4287
4288
4289
4290
4291
4292
4293
4294
4295
4296
4297
4298
4299
4300
4301
4302
4303
4304
4305
4306
4307
4308
4309
4310
4311
4312
4313
4314
4315
4316
4317
4318
4319
4320
4321
4322
4323
4324
4325
4326
4327
4328
4329
4330
4331
4332
4333
4334
4335
4336
4337
4338
4339
4340
4341
4342
4343
4344
4345
4346
4347
4348
4349
4350
4351
4352
4353
4354
4355
4356
4357
4358
4359
4360
4361
4362
4363
4364
4365
4366
4367
4368
4369
4370
4371
4372
4373
4374
4375
4376
4377
4378
4379
4380
4381
4382
4383
4384
4385
4386
4387
4388
4389
4390
4391
4392
4393
4394
4395
4396
4397
4398
4399
4400
4401
4402
4403
4404
4405
4406
4407
4408
4409
4410
4411
4412
4413
4414
4415
4416
4417
4418
4419
4420
4421
4422
4423
4424
4425
4426
4427
4428
4429
4430
4431
4432
4433
4434
4435
4436
4437
4438
4439
4440
4441
4442
4443
4444
4445
4446
4447
4448
4449
4450
4451
4452
4453
4454
4455
4456
4457
4458
4459
4460
4461
4462
4463
4464
4465
4466
4467
4468
4469
4470
4471
4472
4473
4474
4475
4476
4477
4478
4479
4480
4481
4482
4483
4484
4485
4486
4487
4488
4489
4490
4491
4492
4493
4494
4495
4496
4497
4498
4499
4500
4501
4502
4503
4504
4505
4506
4507
4508
4509
4510
4511
4512
4513
4514
4515
4516
4517
4518
4519
4520
4521
4522
4523
4524
4525
4526
4527
4528
4529
4530
4531
4532
4533
4534
4535
4536
4537
4538
4539
4540
4541
4542
4543
4544
4545
4546
4547
4548
4549
4550
4551
4552
4553
4554
4555
4556
4557
4558
4559
4560
4561
4562
4563
4564
4565
4566
4567
4568
4569
4570
4571
4572
4573
4574
4575
4576
4577
4578
4579
4580
4581
4582
4583
4584
4585
4586
4587
4588
4589
4590
4591
4592
4593
4594
4595
4596
4597
4598
4599
4600
4601
4602
4603
4604
4605
4606
4607
4608
4609
4610
4611
4612
4613
4614
4615
4616
4617
4618
4619
4620
4621
4622
4623
4624
4625
4626
4627
4628
4629
4630
4631
4632
4633
4634
4635
4636
4637
4638
4639
4640
4641
4642
4643
4644
4645
4646
4647
4648
4649
4650
4651
4652
4653
4654
4655
4656
4657
4658
4659
4660
4661
4662
4663
4664
4665
4666
4667
4668
4669
4670
4671
4672
4673
4674
4675
4676
4677
4678
4679
4680
4681
4682
4683
4684
4685
4686
4687
4688
4689
4690
4691
4692
4693
4694
4695
4696
4697
4698
4699
4700
4701
4702
4703
4704
4705
4706
4707
4708
4709
4710
4711
4712
4713
4714
4715
4716
4717
4718
4719
4720
4721
4722
4723
4724
4725
4726
4727
4728
4729
4730
4731
4732
4733
4734
4735
4736
4737
4738
4739
4740
4741
4742
4743
4744
4745
4746
/* Symbol table lookup for the GNU debugger, GDB.

   Copyright (C) 1986, 1987, 1988, 1989, 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995,
   1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2007, 2008, 2009,
   2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc.

   This file is part of GDB.

   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
   the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
   (at your option) any later version.

   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
   GNU General Public License for more details.

   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
   along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */

#include "defs.h"
#include "symtab.h"
#include "gdbtypes.h"
#include "gdbcore.h"
#include "frame.h"
#include "target.h"
#include "value.h"
#include "symfile.h"
#include "objfiles.h"
#include "gdbcmd.h"
#include "call-cmds.h"
#include "gdb_regex.h"
#include "expression.h"
#include "language.h"
#include "demangle.h"
#include "inferior.h"
#include "linespec.h"
#include "source.h"
#include "filenames.h"		/* for FILENAME_CMP */
#include "objc-lang.h"
#include "d-lang.h"
#include "ada-lang.h"
#include "p-lang.h"
#include "addrmap.h"

#include "hashtab.h"

#include "gdb_obstack.h"
#include "block.h"
#include "dictionary.h"

#include <sys/types.h>
#include <fcntl.h>
#include "gdb_string.h"
#include "gdb_stat.h"
#include <ctype.h>
#include "cp-abi.h"
#include "cp-support.h"
#include "observer.h"
#include "gdb_assert.h"
#include "solist.h"
#include "macrotab.h"
#include "macroscope.h"

#include "psymtab.h"

/* Prototypes for local functions */

static void completion_list_add_name (char *, char *, int, char *, char *);

static void rbreak_command (char *, int);

static void types_info (char *, int);

static void functions_info (char *, int);

static void variables_info (char *, int);

static void sources_info (char *, int);

static void output_source_filename (const char *, int *);

static int find_line_common (struct linetable *, int, int *);

/* This one is used by linespec.c */

char *operator_chars (char *p, char **end);

static struct symbol *lookup_symbol_aux (const char *name,
					 const struct block *block,
					 const domain_enum domain,
					 enum language language,
					 int *is_a_field_of_this);

static
struct symbol *lookup_symbol_aux_local (const char *name,
					const struct block *block,
					const domain_enum domain,
					enum language language);

static
struct symbol *lookup_symbol_aux_symtabs (int block_index,
					  const char *name,
					  const domain_enum domain);

static
struct symbol *lookup_symbol_aux_quick (struct objfile *objfile,
					int block_index,
					const char *name,
					const domain_enum domain);

static void print_symbol_info (domain_enum,
			       struct symtab *, struct symbol *, int, char *);

static void print_msymbol_info (struct minimal_symbol *);

static void symtab_symbol_info (char *, domain_enum, int);

void _initialize_symtab (void);

/* */

/* Allow the user to configure the debugger behavior with respect
   to multiple-choice menus when more than one symbol matches during
   a symbol lookup.  */

const char multiple_symbols_ask[] = "ask";
const char multiple_symbols_all[] = "all";
const char multiple_symbols_cancel[] = "cancel";
static const char *multiple_symbols_modes[] =
{
  multiple_symbols_ask,
  multiple_symbols_all,
  multiple_symbols_cancel,
  NULL
};
static const char *multiple_symbols_mode = multiple_symbols_all;

/* Read-only accessor to AUTO_SELECT_MODE.  */

const char *
multiple_symbols_select_mode (void)
{
  return multiple_symbols_mode;
}

/* Block in which the most recently searched-for symbol was found.
   Might be better to make this a parameter to lookup_symbol and
   value_of_this. */

const struct block *block_found;

/* Check for a symtab of a specific name; first in symtabs, then in
   psymtabs.  *If* there is no '/' in the name, a match after a '/'
   in the symtab filename will also work.  */

struct symtab *
lookup_symtab (const char *name)
{
  int found;
  struct symtab *s = NULL;
  struct objfile *objfile;
  char *real_path = NULL;
  char *full_path = NULL;

  /* Here we are interested in canonicalizing an absolute path, not
     absolutizing a relative path.  */
  if (IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH (name))
    {
      full_path = xfullpath (name);
      make_cleanup (xfree, full_path);
      real_path = gdb_realpath (name);
      make_cleanup (xfree, real_path);
    }

got_symtab:

  /* First, search for an exact match */

  ALL_SYMTABS (objfile, s)
  {
    if (FILENAME_CMP (name, s->filename) == 0)
      {
	return s;
      }

    /* If the user gave us an absolute path, try to find the file in
       this symtab and use its absolute path.  */

    if (full_path != NULL)
      {
        const char *fp = symtab_to_fullname (s);

        if (fp != NULL && FILENAME_CMP (full_path, fp) == 0)
          {
            return s;
          }
      }

    if (real_path != NULL)
      {
        char *fullname = symtab_to_fullname (s);

        if (fullname != NULL)
          {
            char *rp = gdb_realpath (fullname);

            make_cleanup (xfree, rp);
            if (FILENAME_CMP (real_path, rp) == 0)
              {
                return s;
              }
          }
      }
  }

  /* Now, search for a matching tail (only if name doesn't have any dirs) */

  if (lbasename (name) == name)
    ALL_SYMTABS (objfile, s)
    {
      if (FILENAME_CMP (lbasename (s->filename), name) == 0)
	return s;
    }

  /* Same search rules as above apply here, but now we look thru the
     psymtabs.  */

  found = 0;
  ALL_OBJFILES (objfile)
  {
    if (objfile->sf
	&& objfile->sf->qf->lookup_symtab (objfile, name, full_path, real_path,
					   &s))
      {
	found = 1;
	break;
      }
  }

  if (s != NULL)
    return s;
  if (!found)
    return NULL;

  /* At this point, we have located the psymtab for this file, but
     the conversion to a symtab has failed.  This usually happens
     when we are looking up an include file.  In this case,
     PSYMTAB_TO_SYMTAB doesn't return a symtab, even though one has
     been created.  So, we need to run through the symtabs again in
     order to find the file.
     XXX - This is a crock, and should be fixed inside of the the
     symbol parsing routines. */
  goto got_symtab;
}

/* Mangle a GDB method stub type.  This actually reassembles the pieces of the
   full method name, which consist of the class name (from T), the unadorned
   method name from METHOD_ID, and the signature for the specific overload,
   specified by SIGNATURE_ID.  Note that this function is g++ specific. */

char *
gdb_mangle_name (struct type *type, int method_id, int signature_id)
{
  int mangled_name_len;
  char *mangled_name;
  struct fn_field *f = TYPE_FN_FIELDLIST1 (type, method_id);
  struct fn_field *method = &f[signature_id];
  char *field_name = TYPE_FN_FIELDLIST_NAME (type, method_id);
  char *physname = TYPE_FN_FIELD_PHYSNAME (f, signature_id);
  char *newname = type_name_no_tag (type);

  /* Does the form of physname indicate that it is the full mangled name
     of a constructor (not just the args)?  */
  int is_full_physname_constructor;

  int is_constructor;
  int is_destructor = is_destructor_name (physname);
  /* Need a new type prefix.  */
  char *const_prefix = method->is_const ? "C" : "";
  char *volatile_prefix = method->is_volatile ? "V" : "";
  char buf[20];
  int len = (newname == NULL ? 0 : strlen (newname));

  /* Nothing to do if physname already contains a fully mangled v3 abi name
     or an operator name.  */
  if ((physname[0] == '_' && physname[1] == 'Z')
      || is_operator_name (field_name))
    return xstrdup (physname);

  is_full_physname_constructor = is_constructor_name (physname);

  is_constructor =
    is_full_physname_constructor || (newname && strcmp (field_name, newname) == 0);

  if (!is_destructor)
    is_destructor = (strncmp (physname, "__dt", 4) == 0);

  if (is_destructor || is_full_physname_constructor)
    {
      mangled_name = (char *) xmalloc (strlen (physname) + 1);
      strcpy (mangled_name, physname);
      return mangled_name;
    }

  if (len == 0)
    {
      sprintf (buf, "__%s%s", const_prefix, volatile_prefix);
    }
  else if (physname[0] == 't' || physname[0] == 'Q')
    {
      /* The physname for template and qualified methods already includes
         the class name.  */
      sprintf (buf, "__%s%s", const_prefix, volatile_prefix);
      newname = NULL;
      len = 0;
    }
  else
    {
      sprintf (buf, "__%s%s%d", const_prefix, volatile_prefix, len);
    }
  mangled_name_len = ((is_constructor ? 0 : strlen (field_name))
		      + strlen (buf) + len + strlen (physname) + 1);

  mangled_name = (char *) xmalloc (mangled_name_len);
  if (is_constructor)
    mangled_name[0] = '\0';
  else
    strcpy (mangled_name, field_name);

  strcat (mangled_name, buf);
  /* If the class doesn't have a name, i.e. newname NULL, then we just
     mangle it using 0 for the length of the class.  Thus it gets mangled
     as something starting with `::' rather than `classname::'. */
  if (newname != NULL)
    strcat (mangled_name, newname);

  strcat (mangled_name, physname);
  return (mangled_name);
}

/* Initialize the cplus_specific structure.  'cplus_specific' should
   only be allocated for use with cplus symbols.  */

static void
symbol_init_cplus_specific (struct general_symbol_info *gsymbol,
                           struct objfile *objfile)
{
  /* A language_specific structure should not have been previously
     initialized.  */
  gdb_assert (gsymbol->language_specific.cplus_specific == NULL);
  gdb_assert (objfile != NULL);

  gsymbol->language_specific.cplus_specific =
      OBSTACK_ZALLOC (&objfile->objfile_obstack, struct cplus_specific);
}

/* Set the demangled name of GSYMBOL to NAME.  NAME must be already
   correctly allocated.  For C++ symbols a cplus_specific struct is
   allocated so OBJFILE must not be NULL. If this is a non C++ symbol
   OBJFILE can be NULL.  */
void
symbol_set_demangled_name (struct general_symbol_info *gsymbol,
                           char *name,
                           struct objfile *objfile)
{
  if (gsymbol->language == language_cplus)
    {
      if (gsymbol->language_specific.cplus_specific == NULL)
	symbol_init_cplus_specific (gsymbol, objfile);

      gsymbol->language_specific.cplus_specific->demangled_name = name;
    }
  else
    gsymbol->language_specific.mangled_lang.demangled_name = name;
}

/* Return the demangled name of GSYMBOL.  */
char *
symbol_get_demangled_name (const struct general_symbol_info *gsymbol)
{
  if (gsymbol->language == language_cplus)
    {
      gdb_assert (gsymbol->language_specific.cplus_specific != NULL);
      return gsymbol->language_specific.cplus_specific->demangled_name;
    }
  else
    return gsymbol->language_specific.mangled_lang.demangled_name;
}


/* Initialize the language dependent portion of a symbol
   depending upon the language for the symbol. */
void
symbol_init_language_specific (struct general_symbol_info *gsymbol,
			       enum language language)
{

  gsymbol->language = language;
  if (gsymbol->language == language_cplus
      || gsymbol->language == language_d
      || gsymbol->language == language_java
      || gsymbol->language == language_objc
      || gsymbol->language == language_fortran)
    {
      symbol_set_demangled_name (gsymbol, NULL, NULL);
    }
  else if (gsymbol->language == language_cplus)
    gsymbol->language_specific.cplus_specific = NULL;
  else
    {
      memset (&gsymbol->language_specific, 0,
	      sizeof (gsymbol->language_specific));
    }
}

/* Functions to initialize a symbol's mangled name.  */

/* Objects of this type are stored in the demangled name hash table.  */
struct demangled_name_entry
{
  char *mangled;
  char demangled[1];
};

/* Hash function for the demangled name hash.  */
static hashval_t
hash_demangled_name_entry (const void *data)
{
  const struct demangled_name_entry *e = data;

  return htab_hash_string (e->mangled);
}

/* Equality function for the demangled name hash.  */
static int
eq_demangled_name_entry (const void *a, const void *b)
{
  const struct demangled_name_entry *da = a;
  const struct demangled_name_entry *db = b;

  return strcmp (da->mangled, db->mangled) == 0;
}

/* Create the hash table used for demangled names.  Each hash entry is
   a pair of strings; one for the mangled name and one for the demangled
   name.  The entry is hashed via just the mangled name.  */

static void
create_demangled_names_hash (struct objfile *objfile)
{
  /* Choose 256 as the starting size of the hash table, somewhat arbitrarily.
     The hash table code will round this up to the next prime number.
     Choosing a much larger table size wastes memory, and saves only about
     1% in symbol reading.  */

  objfile->demangled_names_hash = htab_create_alloc
    (256, hash_demangled_name_entry, eq_demangled_name_entry,
     NULL, xcalloc, xfree);
}

/* Try to determine the demangled name for a symbol, based on the
   language of that symbol.  If the language is set to language_auto,
   it will attempt to find any demangling algorithm that works and
   then set the language appropriately.  The returned name is allocated
   by the demangler and should be xfree'd.  */

static char *
symbol_find_demangled_name (struct general_symbol_info *gsymbol,
			    const char *mangled)
{
  char *demangled = NULL;

  if (gsymbol->language == language_unknown)
    gsymbol->language = language_auto;

  if (gsymbol->language == language_objc
      || gsymbol->language == language_auto)
    {
      demangled =
	objc_demangle (mangled, 0);
      if (demangled != NULL)
	{
	  gsymbol->language = language_objc;
	  return demangled;
	}
    }
  if (gsymbol->language == language_cplus
      || gsymbol->language == language_auto)
    {
      demangled =
        cplus_demangle (mangled, DMGL_PARAMS | DMGL_ANSI | DMGL_VERBOSE);
      if (demangled != NULL)
	{
	  gsymbol->language = language_cplus;
	  return demangled;
	}
    }
  if (gsymbol->language == language_java)
    {
      demangled =
        cplus_demangle (mangled,
                        DMGL_PARAMS | DMGL_ANSI | DMGL_JAVA);
      if (demangled != NULL)
	{
	  gsymbol->language = language_java;
	  return demangled;
	}
    }
  if (gsymbol->language == language_d
      || gsymbol->language == language_auto)
    {
      demangled = d_demangle(mangled, 0);
      if (demangled != NULL)
	{
	  gsymbol->language = language_d;
	  return demangled;
	}
    }
  /* We could support `gsymbol->language == language_fortran' here to provide
     module namespaces also for inferiors with only minimal symbol table (ELF
     symbols).  Just the mangling standard is not standardized across compilers
     and there is no DW_AT_producer available for inferiors with only the ELF
     symbols to check the mangling kind.  */
  return NULL;
}

/* Set both the mangled and demangled (if any) names for GSYMBOL based
   on LINKAGE_NAME and LEN.  Ordinarily, NAME is copied onto the
   objfile's obstack; but if COPY_NAME is 0 and if NAME is
   NUL-terminated, then this function assumes that NAME is already
   correctly saved (either permanently or with a lifetime tied to the
   objfile), and it will not be copied.

   The hash table corresponding to OBJFILE is used, and the memory
   comes from that objfile's objfile_obstack.  LINKAGE_NAME is copied,
   so the pointer can be discarded after calling this function.  */

/* We have to be careful when dealing with Java names: when we run
   into a Java minimal symbol, we don't know it's a Java symbol, so it
   gets demangled as a C++ name.  This is unfortunate, but there's not
   much we can do about it: but when demangling partial symbols and
   regular symbols, we'd better not reuse the wrong demangled name.
   (See PR gdb/1039.)  We solve this by putting a distinctive prefix
   on Java names when storing them in the hash table.  */

/* FIXME: carlton/2003-03-13: This is an unfortunate situation.  I
   don't mind the Java prefix so much: different languages have
   different demangling requirements, so it's only natural that we
   need to keep language data around in our demangling cache.  But
   it's not good that the minimal symbol has the wrong demangled name.
   Unfortunately, I can't think of any easy solution to that
   problem.  */

#define JAVA_PREFIX "##JAVA$$"
#define JAVA_PREFIX_LEN 8

void
symbol_set_names (struct general_symbol_info *gsymbol,
		  const char *linkage_name, int len, int copy_name,
		  struct objfile *objfile)
{
  struct demangled_name_entry **slot;
  /* A 0-terminated copy of the linkage name.  */
  const char *linkage_name_copy;
  /* A copy of the linkage name that might have a special Java prefix
     added to it, for use when looking names up in the hash table.  */
  const char *lookup_name;
  /* The length of lookup_name.  */
  int lookup_len;
  struct demangled_name_entry entry;

  if (gsymbol->language == language_ada)
    {
      /* In Ada, we do the symbol lookups using the mangled name, so
         we can save some space by not storing the demangled name.

         As a side note, we have also observed some overlap between
         the C++ mangling and Ada mangling, similarly to what has
         been observed with Java.  Because we don't store the demangled
         name with the symbol, we don't need to use the same trick
         as Java.  */
      if (!copy_name)
	gsymbol->name = (char *) linkage_name;
      else
	{
	  gsymbol->name = obstack_alloc (&objfile->objfile_obstack, len + 1);
	  memcpy (gsymbol->name, linkage_name, len);
	  gsymbol->name[len] = '\0';
	}
      symbol_set_demangled_name (gsymbol, NULL, NULL);

      return;
    }

  if (objfile->demangled_names_hash == NULL)
    create_demangled_names_hash (objfile);

  /* The stabs reader generally provides names that are not
     NUL-terminated; most of the other readers don't do this, so we
     can just use the given copy, unless we're in the Java case.  */
  if (gsymbol->language == language_java)
    {
      char *alloc_name;

      lookup_len = len + JAVA_PREFIX_LEN;
      alloc_name = alloca (lookup_len + 1);
      memcpy (alloc_name, JAVA_PREFIX, JAVA_PREFIX_LEN);
      memcpy (alloc_name + JAVA_PREFIX_LEN, linkage_name, len);
      alloc_name[lookup_len] = '\0';

      lookup_name = alloc_name;
      linkage_name_copy = alloc_name + JAVA_PREFIX_LEN;
    }
  else if (linkage_name[len] != '\0')
    {
      char *alloc_name;

      lookup_len = len;
      alloc_name = alloca (lookup_len + 1);
      memcpy (alloc_name, linkage_name, len);
      alloc_name[lookup_len] = '\0';

      lookup_name = alloc_name;
      linkage_name_copy = alloc_name;
    }
  else
    {
      lookup_len = len;
      lookup_name = linkage_name;
      linkage_name_copy = linkage_name;
    }

  entry.mangled = (char *) lookup_name;
  slot = ((struct demangled_name_entry **)
	  htab_find_slot (objfile->demangled_names_hash,
			  &entry, INSERT));

  /* If this name is not in the hash table, add it.  */
  if (*slot == NULL)
    {
      char *demangled_name = symbol_find_demangled_name (gsymbol,
							 linkage_name_copy);
      int demangled_len = demangled_name ? strlen (demangled_name) : 0;

      /* Suppose we have demangled_name==NULL, copy_name==0, and
	 lookup_name==linkage_name.  In this case, we already have the
	 mangled name saved, and we don't have a demangled name.  So,
	 you might think we could save a little space by not recording
	 this in the hash table at all.
	 
	 It turns out that it is actually important to still save such
	 an entry in the hash table, because storing this name gives
	 us better bcache hit rates for partial symbols.  */
      if (!copy_name && lookup_name == linkage_name)
	{
	  *slot = obstack_alloc (&objfile->objfile_obstack,
				 offsetof (struct demangled_name_entry,
					   demangled)
				 + demangled_len + 1);
	  (*slot)->mangled = (char *) lookup_name;
	}
      else
	{
	  /* If we must copy the mangled name, put it directly after
	     the demangled name so we can have a single
	     allocation.  */
	  *slot = obstack_alloc (&objfile->objfile_obstack,
				 offsetof (struct demangled_name_entry,
					   demangled)
				 + lookup_len + demangled_len + 2);
	  (*slot)->mangled = &((*slot)->demangled[demangled_len + 1]);
	  strcpy ((*slot)->mangled, lookup_name);
	}

      if (demangled_name != NULL)
	{
	  strcpy ((*slot)->demangled, demangled_name);
	  xfree (demangled_name);
	}
      else
	(*slot)->demangled[0] = '\0';
    }

  gsymbol->name = (*slot)->mangled + lookup_len - len;
  if ((*slot)->demangled[0] != '\0')
    symbol_set_demangled_name (gsymbol, (*slot)->demangled, objfile);
  else
    symbol_set_demangled_name (gsymbol, NULL, objfile);
}

/* Return the source code name of a symbol.  In languages where
   demangling is necessary, this is the demangled name.  */

char *
symbol_natural_name (const struct general_symbol_info *gsymbol)
{
  switch (gsymbol->language)
    {
    case language_cplus:
    case language_d:
    case language_java:
    case language_objc:
    case language_fortran:
      if (symbol_get_demangled_name (gsymbol) != NULL)
	return symbol_get_demangled_name (gsymbol);
      break;
    case language_ada:
      if (symbol_get_demangled_name (gsymbol) != NULL)
	return symbol_get_demangled_name (gsymbol);
      else
	return ada_decode_symbol (gsymbol);
      break;
    default:
      break;
    }
  return gsymbol->name;
}

/* Return the demangled name for a symbol based on the language for
   that symbol.  If no demangled name exists, return NULL. */
char *
symbol_demangled_name (const struct general_symbol_info *gsymbol)
{
  switch (gsymbol->language)
    {
    case language_cplus:
    case language_d:
    case language_java:
    case language_objc:
    case language_fortran:
      if (symbol_get_demangled_name (gsymbol) != NULL)
	return symbol_get_demangled_name (gsymbol);
      break;
    case language_ada:
      if (symbol_get_demangled_name (gsymbol) != NULL)
	return symbol_get_demangled_name (gsymbol);
      else
	return ada_decode_symbol (gsymbol);
      break;
    default:
      break;
    }
  return NULL;
}

/* Return the search name of a symbol---generally the demangled or
   linkage name of the symbol, depending on how it will be searched for.
   If there is no distinct demangled name, then returns the same value
   (same pointer) as SYMBOL_LINKAGE_NAME. */
char *
symbol_search_name (const struct general_symbol_info *gsymbol)
{
  if (gsymbol->language == language_ada)
    return gsymbol->name;
  else
    return symbol_natural_name (gsymbol);
}

/* Initialize the structure fields to zero values.  */
void
init_sal (struct symtab_and_line *sal)
{
  sal->pspace = NULL;
  sal->symtab = 0;
  sal->section = 0;
  sal->line = 0;
  sal->pc = 0;
  sal->end = 0;
  sal->explicit_pc = 0;
  sal->explicit_line = 0;
}


/* Return 1 if the two sections are the same, or if they could
   plausibly be copies of each other, one in an original object
   file and another in a separated debug file.  */

int
matching_obj_sections (struct obj_section *obj_first,
		       struct obj_section *obj_second)
{
  asection *first = obj_first? obj_first->the_bfd_section : NULL;
  asection *second = obj_second? obj_second->the_bfd_section : NULL;
  struct objfile *obj;

  /* If they're the same section, then they match.  */
  if (first == second)
    return 1;

  /* If either is NULL, give up.  */
  if (first == NULL || second == NULL)
    return 0;

  /* This doesn't apply to absolute symbols.  */
  if (first->owner == NULL || second->owner == NULL)
    return 0;

  /* If they're in the same object file, they must be different sections.  */
  if (first->owner == second->owner)
    return 0;

  /* Check whether the two sections are potentially corresponding.  They must
     have the same size, address, and name.  We can't compare section indexes,
     which would be more reliable, because some sections may have been
     stripped.  */
  if (bfd_get_section_size (first) != bfd_get_section_size (second))
    return 0;

  /* In-memory addresses may start at a different offset, relativize them.  */
  if (bfd_get_section_vma (first->owner, first)
      - bfd_get_start_address (first->owner)
      != bfd_get_section_vma (second->owner, second)
	 - bfd_get_start_address (second->owner))
    return 0;

  if (bfd_get_section_name (first->owner, first) == NULL
      || bfd_get_section_name (second->owner, second) == NULL
      || strcmp (bfd_get_section_name (first->owner, first),
		 bfd_get_section_name (second->owner, second)) != 0)
    return 0;

  /* Otherwise check that they are in corresponding objfiles.  */

  ALL_OBJFILES (obj)
    if (obj->obfd == first->owner)
      break;
  gdb_assert (obj != NULL);

  if (obj->separate_debug_objfile != NULL
      && obj->separate_debug_objfile->obfd == second->owner)
    return 1;
  if (obj->separate_debug_objfile_backlink != NULL
      && obj->separate_debug_objfile_backlink->obfd == second->owner)
    return 1;

  return 0;
}

struct symtab *
find_pc_sect_symtab_via_partial (CORE_ADDR pc, struct obj_section *section)
{
  struct objfile *objfile;
  struct minimal_symbol *msymbol;

  /* If we know that this is not a text address, return failure.  This is
     necessary because we loop based on texthigh and textlow, which do
     not include the data ranges.  */
  msymbol = lookup_minimal_symbol_by_pc_section (pc, section);
  if (msymbol
      && (MSYMBOL_TYPE (msymbol) == mst_data
	  || MSYMBOL_TYPE (msymbol) == mst_bss
	  || MSYMBOL_TYPE (msymbol) == mst_abs
	  || MSYMBOL_TYPE (msymbol) == mst_file_data
	  || MSYMBOL_TYPE (msymbol) == mst_file_bss))
    return NULL;

  ALL_OBJFILES (objfile)
  {
    struct symtab *result = NULL;

    if (objfile->sf)
      result = objfile->sf->qf->find_pc_sect_symtab (objfile, msymbol,
						     pc, section, 0);
    if (result)
      return result;
  }

  return NULL;
}

/* Debug symbols usually don't have section information.  We need to dig that
   out of the minimal symbols and stash that in the debug symbol.  */

void
fixup_section (struct general_symbol_info *ginfo,
	       CORE_ADDR addr, struct objfile *objfile)
{
  struct minimal_symbol *msym;

  /* First, check whether a minimal symbol with the same name exists
     and points to the same address.  The address check is required
     e.g. on PowerPC64, where the minimal symbol for a function will
     point to the function descriptor, while the debug symbol will
     point to the actual function code.  */
  msym = lookup_minimal_symbol_by_pc_name (addr, ginfo->name, objfile);
  if (msym)
    {
      ginfo->obj_section = SYMBOL_OBJ_SECTION (msym);
      ginfo->section = SYMBOL_SECTION (msym);
    }
  else
    {
      /* Static, function-local variables do appear in the linker
	 (minimal) symbols, but are frequently given names that won't
	 be found via lookup_minimal_symbol().  E.g., it has been
	 observed in frv-uclinux (ELF) executables that a static,
	 function-local variable named "foo" might appear in the
	 linker symbols as "foo.6" or "foo.3".  Thus, there is no
	 point in attempting to extend the lookup-by-name mechanism to
	 handle this case due to the fact that there can be multiple
	 names.

	 So, instead, search the section table when lookup by name has
	 failed.  The ``addr'' and ``endaddr'' fields may have already
	 been relocated.  If so, the relocation offset (i.e. the
	 ANOFFSET value) needs to be subtracted from these values when
	 performing the comparison.  We unconditionally subtract it,
	 because, when no relocation has been performed, the ANOFFSET
	 value will simply be zero.

	 The address of the symbol whose section we're fixing up HAS
	 NOT BEEN adjusted (relocated) yet.  It can't have been since
	 the section isn't yet known and knowing the section is
	 necessary in order to add the correct relocation value.  In
	 other words, we wouldn't even be in this function (attempting
	 to compute the section) if it were already known.

	 Note that it is possible to search the minimal symbols
	 (subtracting the relocation value if necessary) to find the
	 matching minimal symbol, but this is overkill and much less
	 efficient.  It is not necessary to find the matching minimal
	 symbol, only its section.

	 Note that this technique (of doing a section table search)
	 can fail when unrelocated section addresses overlap.  For
	 this reason, we still attempt a lookup by name prior to doing
	 a search of the section table.  */

      struct obj_section *s;

      ALL_OBJFILE_OSECTIONS (objfile, s)
	{
	  int idx = s->the_bfd_section->index;
	  CORE_ADDR offset = ANOFFSET (objfile->section_offsets, idx);

	  if (obj_section_addr (s) - offset <= addr
	      && addr < obj_section_endaddr (s) - offset)
	    {
	      ginfo->obj_section = s;
	      ginfo->section = idx;
	      return;
	    }
	}
    }
}

struct symbol *
fixup_symbol_section (struct symbol *sym, struct objfile *objfile)
{
  CORE_ADDR addr;

  if (!sym)
    return NULL;

  if (SYMBOL_OBJ_SECTION (sym))
    return sym;

  /* We either have an OBJFILE, or we can get at it from the sym's
     symtab.  Anything else is a bug.  */
  gdb_assert (objfile || SYMBOL_SYMTAB (sym));

  if (objfile == NULL)
    objfile = SYMBOL_SYMTAB (sym)->objfile;

  /* We should have an objfile by now.  */
  gdb_assert (objfile);

  switch (SYMBOL_CLASS (sym))
    {
    case LOC_STATIC:
    case LOC_LABEL:
      addr = SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (sym);
      break;
    case LOC_BLOCK:
      addr = BLOCK_START (SYMBOL_BLOCK_VALUE (sym));
      break;

    default:
      /* Nothing else will be listed in the minsyms -- no use looking
	 it up.  */
      return sym;
    }

  fixup_section (&sym->ginfo, addr, objfile);

  return sym;
}

/* Find the definition for a specified symbol name NAME
   in domain DOMAIN, visible from lexical block BLOCK.
   Returns the struct symbol pointer, or zero if no symbol is found.
   C++: if IS_A_FIELD_OF_THIS is nonzero on entry, check to see if
   NAME is a field of the current implied argument `this'.  If so set
   *IS_A_FIELD_OF_THIS to 1, otherwise set it to zero.
   BLOCK_FOUND is set to the block in which NAME is found (in the case of
   a field of `this', value_of_this sets BLOCK_FOUND to the proper value.) */

/* This function has a bunch of loops in it and it would seem to be
   attractive to put in some QUIT's (though I'm not really sure
   whether it can run long enough to be really important).  But there
   are a few calls for which it would appear to be bad news to quit
   out of here: find_proc_desc in alpha-tdep.c and mips-tdep.c.  (Note
   that there is C++ code below which can error(), but that probably
   doesn't affect these calls since they are looking for a known
   variable and thus can probably assume it will never hit the C++
   code).  */

struct symbol *
lookup_symbol_in_language (const char *name, const struct block *block,
			   const domain_enum domain, enum language lang,
			   int *is_a_field_of_this)
{
  char *demangled_name = NULL;
  const char *modified_name = NULL;
  struct symbol *returnval;
  struct cleanup *cleanup = make_cleanup (null_cleanup, 0);

  modified_name = name;

  /* If we are using C++, D, or Java, demangle the name before doing a
     lookup, so we can always binary search. */
  if (lang == language_cplus)
    {
      demangled_name = cplus_demangle (name, DMGL_ANSI | DMGL_PARAMS);
      if (demangled_name)
	{
	  modified_name = demangled_name;
	  make_cleanup (xfree, demangled_name);
	}
      else
	{
	  /* If we were given a non-mangled name, canonicalize it
	     according to the language (so far only for C++).  */
	  demangled_name = cp_canonicalize_string (name);
	  if (demangled_name)
	    {
	      modified_name = demangled_name;
	      make_cleanup (xfree, demangled_name);
	    }
	}
    }
  else if (lang == language_java)
    {
      demangled_name = cplus_demangle (name,
		      		       DMGL_ANSI | DMGL_PARAMS | DMGL_JAVA);
      if (demangled_name)
	{
	  modified_name = demangled_name;
	  make_cleanup (xfree, demangled_name);
	}
    }
  else if (lang == language_d)
    {
      demangled_name = d_demangle (name, 0);
      if (demangled_name)
	{
	  modified_name = demangled_name;
	  make_cleanup (xfree, demangled_name);
	}
    }

  if (case_sensitivity == case_sensitive_off)
    {
      char *copy;
      int len, i;

      len = strlen (name);
      copy = (char *) alloca (len + 1);
      for (i= 0; i < len; i++)
        copy[i] = tolower (name[i]);
      copy[len] = 0;
      modified_name = copy;
    }

  returnval = lookup_symbol_aux (modified_name, block, domain, lang,
				 is_a_field_of_this);
  do_cleanups (cleanup);

  return returnval;
}

/* Behave like lookup_symbol_in_language, but performed with the
   current language.  */

struct symbol *
lookup_symbol (const char *name, const struct block *block,
	       domain_enum domain, int *is_a_field_of_this)
{
  return lookup_symbol_in_language (name, block, domain,
				    current_language->la_language,
				    is_a_field_of_this);
}

/* Behave like lookup_symbol except that NAME is the natural name
   of the symbol that we're looking for and, if LINKAGE_NAME is
   non-NULL, ensure that the symbol's linkage name matches as
   well.  */

static struct symbol *
lookup_symbol_aux (const char *name, const struct block *block,
		   const domain_enum domain, enum language language,
		   int *is_a_field_of_this)
{
  struct symbol *sym;
  const struct language_defn *langdef;

  /* Make sure we do something sensible with is_a_field_of_this, since
     the callers that set this parameter to some non-null value will
     certainly use it later and expect it to be either 0 or 1.
     If we don't set it, the contents of is_a_field_of_this are
     undefined.  */
  if (is_a_field_of_this != NULL)
    *is_a_field_of_this = 0;

  /* Search specified block and its superiors.  Don't search
     STATIC_BLOCK or GLOBAL_BLOCK.  */

  sym = lookup_symbol_aux_local (name, block, domain, language);
  if (sym != NULL)
    return sym;

  /* If requested to do so by the caller and if appropriate for LANGUAGE,
     check to see if NAME is a field of `this'.  */

  langdef = language_def (language);

  if (langdef->la_name_of_this != NULL && is_a_field_of_this != NULL
      && block != NULL)
    {
      struct symbol *sym = NULL;
      const struct block *function_block = block;

      /* 'this' is only defined in the function's block, so find the
	 enclosing function block.  */
      for (; function_block && !BLOCK_FUNCTION (function_block);
	   function_block = BLOCK_SUPERBLOCK (function_block));

      if (function_block && !dict_empty (BLOCK_DICT (function_block)))
	sym = lookup_block_symbol (function_block, langdef->la_name_of_this,
				   VAR_DOMAIN);
      if (sym)
	{
	  struct type *t = sym->type;

	  /* I'm not really sure that type of this can ever
	     be typedefed; just be safe.  */
	  CHECK_TYPEDEF (t);
	  if (TYPE_CODE (t) == TYPE_CODE_PTR
	      || TYPE_CODE (t) == TYPE_CODE_REF)
	    t = TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (t);

	  if (TYPE_CODE (t) != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
	      && TYPE_CODE (t) != TYPE_CODE_UNION)
	    error (_("Internal error: `%s' is not an aggregate"),
		   langdef->la_name_of_this);

	  if (check_field (t, name))
	    {
	      *is_a_field_of_this = 1;
	      return NULL;
	    }
	}
    }

  /* Now do whatever is appropriate for LANGUAGE to look
     up static and global variables.  */

  sym = langdef->la_lookup_symbol_nonlocal (name, block, domain);
  if (sym != NULL)
    return sym;

  /* Now search all static file-level symbols.  Not strictly correct,
     but more useful than an error.  */

  return lookup_static_symbol_aux (name, domain);
}

/* Search all static file-level symbols for NAME from DOMAIN.  Do the symtabs
   first, then check the psymtabs.  If a psymtab indicates the existence of the
   desired name as a file-level static, then do psymtab-to-symtab conversion on
   the fly and return the found symbol. */

struct symbol *
lookup_static_symbol_aux (const char *name, const domain_enum domain)
{
  struct objfile *objfile;
  struct symbol *sym;

  sym = lookup_symbol_aux_symtabs (STATIC_BLOCK, name, domain);
  if (sym != NULL)
    return sym;

  ALL_OBJFILES (objfile)
  {
    sym = lookup_symbol_aux_quick (objfile, STATIC_BLOCK, name, domain);
    if (sym != NULL)
      return sym;
  }

  return NULL;
}

/* Check to see if the symbol is defined in BLOCK or its superiors.
   Don't search STATIC_BLOCK or GLOBAL_BLOCK.  */

static struct symbol *
lookup_symbol_aux_local (const char *name, const struct block *block,
                         const domain_enum domain,
                         enum language language)
{
  struct symbol *sym;
  const struct block *static_block = block_static_block (block);
  const char *scope = block_scope (block);
  
  /* Check if either no block is specified or it's a global block.  */

  if (static_block == NULL)
    return NULL;

  while (block != static_block)
    {
      sym = lookup_symbol_aux_block (name, block, domain);
      if (sym != NULL)
	return sym;

      if (language == language_cplus || language == language_fortran)
        {
          sym = cp_lookup_symbol_imports_or_template (scope, name, block,
						      domain);
          if (sym != NULL)
            return sym;
        }

      if (BLOCK_FUNCTION (block) != NULL && block_inlined_p (block))
	break;
      block = BLOCK_SUPERBLOCK (block);
    }

  /* We've reached the edge of the function without finding a result.  */

  return NULL;
}

/* Look up OBJFILE to BLOCK.  */

struct objfile *
lookup_objfile_from_block (const struct block *block)
{
  struct objfile *obj;
  struct symtab *s;

  if (block == NULL)
    return NULL;

  block = block_global_block (block);
  /* Go through SYMTABS.  */
  ALL_SYMTABS (obj, s)
    if (block == BLOCKVECTOR_BLOCK (BLOCKVECTOR (s), GLOBAL_BLOCK))
      {
	if (obj->separate_debug_objfile_backlink)
	  obj = obj->separate_debug_objfile_backlink;

	return obj;
      }

  return NULL;
}

/* Look up a symbol in a block; if found, fixup the symbol, and set
   block_found appropriately.  */

struct symbol *
lookup_symbol_aux_block (const char *name, const struct block *block,
			 const domain_enum domain)
{
  struct symbol *sym;

  sym = lookup_block_symbol (block, name, domain);
  if (sym)
    {
      block_found = block;
      return fixup_symbol_section (sym, NULL);
    }

  return NULL;
}

/* Check all global symbols in OBJFILE in symtabs and
   psymtabs.  */

struct symbol *
lookup_global_symbol_from_objfile (const struct objfile *main_objfile,
				   const char *name,
				   const domain_enum domain)
{
  const struct objfile *objfile;
  struct symbol *sym;
  struct blockvector *bv;
  const struct block *block;
  struct symtab *s;

  for (objfile = main_objfile;
       objfile;
       objfile = objfile_separate_debug_iterate (main_objfile, objfile))
    {
      /* Go through symtabs.  */
      ALL_OBJFILE_SYMTABS (objfile, s)
        {
          bv = BLOCKVECTOR (s);
          block = BLOCKVECTOR_BLOCK (bv, GLOBAL_BLOCK);
          sym = lookup_block_symbol (block, name, domain);
          if (sym)
            {
              block_found = block;
              return fixup_symbol_section (sym, (struct objfile *)objfile);
            }
        }

      sym = lookup_symbol_aux_quick ((struct objfile *) objfile, GLOBAL_BLOCK,
				     name, domain);
      if (sym)
	return sym;
    }

  return NULL;
}

/* Check to see if the symbol is defined in one of the symtabs.
   BLOCK_INDEX should be either GLOBAL_BLOCK or STATIC_BLOCK,
   depending on whether or not we want to search global symbols or
   static symbols.  */

static struct symbol *
lookup_symbol_aux_symtabs (int block_index, const char *name,
			   const domain_enum domain)
{
  struct symbol *sym;
  struct objfile *objfile;
  struct blockvector *bv;
  const struct block *block;
  struct symtab *s;

  ALL_OBJFILES (objfile)
  {
    if (objfile->sf)
      objfile->sf->qf->pre_expand_symtabs_matching (objfile,
						    block_index,
						    name, domain);

    ALL_OBJFILE_SYMTABS (objfile, s)
      if (s->primary)
	{
	  bv = BLOCKVECTOR (s);
	  block = BLOCKVECTOR_BLOCK (bv, block_index);
	  sym = lookup_block_symbol (block, name, domain);
	  if (sym)
	    {
	      block_found = block;
	      return fixup_symbol_section (sym, objfile);
	    }
	}
  }

  return NULL;
}

/* A helper function for lookup_symbol_aux that interfaces with the
   "quick" symbol table functions.  */

static struct symbol *
lookup_symbol_aux_quick (struct objfile *objfile, int kind,
			 const char *name, const domain_enum domain)
{
  struct symtab *symtab;
  struct blockvector *bv;
  const struct block *block;
  struct symbol *sym;

  if (!objfile->sf)
    return NULL;
  symtab = objfile->sf->qf->lookup_symbol (objfile, kind, name, domain);
  if (!symtab)
    return NULL;

  bv = BLOCKVECTOR (symtab);
  block = BLOCKVECTOR_BLOCK (bv, kind);
  sym = lookup_block_symbol (block, name, domain);
  if (!sym)
    {
      /* This shouldn't be necessary, but as a last resort try
	 looking in the statics even though the psymtab claimed
	 the symbol was global, or vice-versa. It's possible
	 that the psymtab gets it wrong in some cases.  */

      /* FIXME: carlton/2002-09-30: Should we really do that?
	 If that happens, isn't it likely to be a GDB error, in
	 which case we should fix the GDB error rather than
	 silently dealing with it here?  So I'd vote for
	 removing the check for the symbol in the other
	 block.  */
      block = BLOCKVECTOR_BLOCK (bv,
				 kind == GLOBAL_BLOCK ?
				 STATIC_BLOCK : GLOBAL_BLOCK);
      sym = lookup_block_symbol (block, name, domain);
      if (!sym)
	error (_("Internal: %s symbol `%s' found in %s psymtab but not in symtab.\n%s may be an inlined function, or may be a template function\n(if a template, try specifying an instantiation: %s<type>)."),
	       kind == GLOBAL_BLOCK ? "global" : "static",
	       name, symtab->filename, name, name);
    }
  return fixup_symbol_section (sym, objfile);
}

/* A default version of lookup_symbol_nonlocal for use by languages
   that can't think of anything better to do.  This implements the C
   lookup rules.  */

struct symbol *
basic_lookup_symbol_nonlocal (const char *name,
			      const struct block *block,
			      const domain_enum domain)
{
  struct symbol *sym;

  /* NOTE: carlton/2003-05-19: The comments below were written when
     this (or what turned into this) was part of lookup_symbol_aux;
     I'm much less worried about these questions now, since these
     decisions have turned out well, but I leave these comments here
     for posterity.  */

  /* NOTE: carlton/2002-12-05: There is a question as to whether or
     not it would be appropriate to search the current global block
     here as well.  (That's what this code used to do before the
     is_a_field_of_this check was moved up.)  On the one hand, it's
     redundant with the lookup_symbol_aux_symtabs search that happens
     next.  On the other hand, if decode_line_1 is passed an argument
     like filename:var, then the user presumably wants 'var' to be
     searched for in filename.  On the third hand, there shouldn't be
     multiple global variables all of which are named 'var', and it's
     not like decode_line_1 has ever restricted its search to only
     global variables in a single filename.  All in all, only
     searching the static block here seems best: it's correct and it's
     cleanest.  */

  /* NOTE: carlton/2002-12-05: There's also a possible performance
     issue here: if you usually search for global symbols in the
     current file, then it would be slightly better to search the
     current global block before searching all the symtabs.  But there
     are other factors that have a much greater effect on performance
     than that one, so I don't think we should worry about that for
     now.  */

  sym = lookup_symbol_static (name, block, domain);
  if (sym != NULL)
    return sym;

  return lookup_symbol_global (name, block, domain);
}

/* Lookup a symbol in the static block associated to BLOCK, if there
   is one; do nothing if BLOCK is NULL or a global block.  */

struct symbol *
lookup_symbol_static (const char *name,
		      const struct block *block,
		      const domain_enum domain)
{
  const struct block *static_block = block_static_block (block);

  if (static_block != NULL)
    return lookup_symbol_aux_block (name, static_block, domain);
  else
    return NULL;
}

/* Lookup a symbol in all files' global blocks (searching psymtabs if
   necessary).  */

struct symbol *
lookup_symbol_global (const char *name,
		      const struct block *block,
		      const domain_enum domain)
{
  struct symbol *sym = NULL;
  struct objfile *objfile = NULL;

  /* Call library-specific lookup procedure.  */
  objfile = lookup_objfile_from_block (block);
  if (objfile != NULL)
    sym = solib_global_lookup (objfile, name, domain);
  if (sym != NULL)
    return sym;

  sym = lookup_symbol_aux_symtabs (GLOBAL_BLOCK, name, domain);
  if (sym != NULL)
    return sym;

  ALL_OBJFILES (objfile)
  {
    sym = lookup_symbol_aux_quick (objfile, GLOBAL_BLOCK, name, domain);
    if (sym)
      return sym;
  }

  return NULL;
}

int
symbol_matches_domain (enum language symbol_language,
		       domain_enum symbol_domain,
		       domain_enum domain)
{
  /* For C++ "struct foo { ... }" also defines a typedef for "foo".
     A Java class declaration also defines a typedef for the class.
     Similarly, any Ada type declaration implicitly defines a typedef.  */
  if (symbol_language == language_cplus
      || symbol_language == language_d
      || symbol_language == language_java
      || symbol_language == language_ada)
    {
      if ((domain == VAR_DOMAIN || domain == STRUCT_DOMAIN)
	  && symbol_domain == STRUCT_DOMAIN)
	return 1;
    }
  /* For all other languages, strict match is required.  */
  return (symbol_domain == domain);
}

/* Look up a type named NAME in the struct_domain.  The type returned
   must not be opaque -- i.e., must have at least one field
   defined.  */

struct type *
lookup_transparent_type (const char *name)
{
  return current_language->la_lookup_transparent_type (name);
}

/* A helper for basic_lookup_transparent_type that interfaces with the
   "quick" symbol table functions.  */

static struct type *
basic_lookup_transparent_type_quick (struct objfile *objfile, int kind,
				     const char *name)
{
  struct symtab *symtab;
  struct blockvector *bv;
  struct block *block;
  struct symbol *sym;

  if (!objfile->sf)
    return NULL;
  symtab = objfile->sf->qf->lookup_symbol (objfile, kind, name, STRUCT_DOMAIN);
  if (!symtab)
    return NULL;

  bv = BLOCKVECTOR (symtab);
  block = BLOCKVECTOR_BLOCK (bv, kind);
  sym = lookup_block_symbol (block, name, STRUCT_DOMAIN);
  if (!sym)
    {
      int other_kind = kind == GLOBAL_BLOCK ? STATIC_BLOCK : GLOBAL_BLOCK;

      /* This shouldn't be necessary, but as a last resort
       * try looking in the 'other kind' even though the psymtab
       * claimed the symbol was one thing. It's possible that
       * the psymtab gets it wrong in some cases.
       */
      block = BLOCKVECTOR_BLOCK (bv, other_kind);
      sym = lookup_block_symbol (block, name, STRUCT_DOMAIN);
      if (!sym)
	/* FIXME; error is wrong in one case */
	error (_("Internal: global symbol `%s' found in %s psymtab but not in symtab.\n\
%s may be an inlined function, or may be a template function\n\
(if a template, try specifying an instantiation: %s<type>)."),
	       name, symtab->filename, name, name);
    }
  if (!TYPE_IS_OPAQUE (SYMBOL_TYPE (sym)))
    return SYMBOL_TYPE (sym);

  return NULL;
}

/* The standard implementation of lookup_transparent_type.  This code
   was modeled on lookup_symbol -- the parts not relevant to looking
   up types were just left out.  In particular it's assumed here that
   types are available in struct_domain and only at file-static or
   global blocks.  */

struct type *
basic_lookup_transparent_type (const char *name)
{
  struct symbol *sym;
  struct symtab *s = NULL;
  struct blockvector *bv;
  struct objfile *objfile;
  struct block *block;
  struct type *t;

  /* Now search all the global symbols.  Do the symtab's first, then
     check the psymtab's. If a psymtab indicates the existence
     of the desired name as a global, then do psymtab-to-symtab
     conversion on the fly and return the found symbol.  */

  ALL_OBJFILES (objfile)
  {
    if (objfile->sf)
      objfile->sf->qf->pre_expand_symtabs_matching (objfile,
						    GLOBAL_BLOCK,
						    name, STRUCT_DOMAIN);

    ALL_OBJFILE_SYMTABS (objfile, s)
      if (s->primary)
	{
	  bv = BLOCKVECTOR (s);
	  block = BLOCKVECTOR_BLOCK (bv, GLOBAL_BLOCK);
	  sym = lookup_block_symbol (block, name, STRUCT_DOMAIN);
	  if (sym && !TYPE_IS_OPAQUE (SYMBOL_TYPE (sym)))
	    {
	      return SYMBOL_TYPE (sym);
	    }
	}
  }

  ALL_OBJFILES (objfile)
  {
    t = basic_lookup_transparent_type_quick (objfile, GLOBAL_BLOCK, name);
    if (t)
      return t;
  }

  /* Now search the static file-level symbols.
     Not strictly correct, but more useful than an error.
     Do the symtab's first, then
     check the psymtab's. If a psymtab indicates the existence
     of the desired name as a file-level static, then do psymtab-to-symtab
     conversion on the fly and return the found symbol.
   */

  ALL_OBJFILES (objfile)
  {
    if (objfile->sf)
      objfile->sf->qf->pre_expand_symtabs_matching (objfile, STATIC_BLOCK,
						    name, STRUCT_DOMAIN);

    ALL_OBJFILE_SYMTABS (objfile, s)
      {
	bv = BLOCKVECTOR (s);
	block = BLOCKVECTOR_BLOCK (bv, STATIC_BLOCK);
	sym = lookup_block_symbol (block, name, STRUCT_DOMAIN);
	if (sym && !TYPE_IS_OPAQUE (SYMBOL_TYPE (sym)))
	  {
	    return SYMBOL_TYPE (sym);
	  }
      }
  }

  ALL_OBJFILES (objfile)
  {
    t = basic_lookup_transparent_type_quick (objfile, STATIC_BLOCK, name);
    if (t)
      return t;
  }

  return (struct type *) 0;
}


/* Find the name of the file containing main(). */
/* FIXME:  What about languages without main() or specially linked
   executables that have no main() ? */

const char *
find_main_filename (void)
{
  struct objfile *objfile;
  char *name = main_name ();

  ALL_OBJFILES (objfile)
  {
    const char *result;

    if (!objfile->sf)
      continue;
    result = objfile->sf->qf->find_symbol_file (objfile, name);
    if (result)
      return result;
  }
  return (NULL);
}

/* Search BLOCK for symbol NAME in DOMAIN.

   Note that if NAME is the demangled form of a C++ symbol, we will fail
   to find a match during the binary search of the non-encoded names, but
   for now we don't worry about the slight inefficiency of looking for
   a match we'll never find, since it will go pretty quick.  Once the
   binary search terminates, we drop through and do a straight linear
   search on the symbols.  Each symbol which is marked as being a ObjC/C++
   symbol (language_cplus or language_objc set) has both the encoded and
   non-encoded names tested for a match.
*/

struct symbol *
lookup_block_symbol (const struct block *block, const char *name,
		     const domain_enum domain)
{
  struct dict_iterator iter;
  struct symbol *sym;

  if (!BLOCK_FUNCTION (block))
    {
      for (sym = dict_iter_name_first (BLOCK_DICT (block), name, &iter);
	   sym != NULL;
	   sym = dict_iter_name_next (name, &iter))
	{
	  if (symbol_matches_domain (SYMBOL_LANGUAGE (sym),
				     SYMBOL_DOMAIN (sym), domain))
	    return sym;
	}
      return NULL;
    }
  else
    {
      /* Note that parameter symbols do not always show up last in the
	 list; this loop makes sure to take anything else other than
	 parameter symbols first; it only uses parameter symbols as a
	 last resort.  Note that this only takes up extra computation
	 time on a match.  */

      struct symbol *sym_found = NULL;

      for (sym = dict_iter_name_first (BLOCK_DICT (block), name, &iter);
	   sym != NULL;
	   sym = dict_iter_name_next (name, &iter))
	{
	  if (symbol_matches_domain (SYMBOL_LANGUAGE (sym),
				     SYMBOL_DOMAIN (sym), domain))
	    {
	      sym_found = sym;
	      if (!SYMBOL_IS_ARGUMENT (sym))
		{
		  break;
		}
	    }
	}
      return (sym_found);	/* Will be NULL if not found. */
    }
}

/* Find the symtab associated with PC and SECTION.  Look through the
   psymtabs and read in another symtab if necessary. */

struct symtab *
find_pc_sect_symtab (CORE_ADDR pc, struct obj_section *section)
{
  struct block *b;
  struct blockvector *bv;
  struct symtab *s = NULL;
  struct symtab *best_s = NULL;
  struct objfile *objfile;
  struct program_space *pspace;
  CORE_ADDR distance = 0;
  struct minimal_symbol *msymbol;

  pspace = current_program_space;

  /* If we know that this is not a text address, return failure.  This is
     necessary because we loop based on the block's high and low code
     addresses, which do not include the data ranges, and because
     we call find_pc_sect_psymtab which has a similar restriction based
     on the partial_symtab's texthigh and textlow.  */
  msymbol = lookup_minimal_symbol_by_pc_section (pc, section);
  if (msymbol
      && (MSYMBOL_TYPE (msymbol) == mst_data
	  || MSYMBOL_TYPE (msymbol) == mst_bss
	  || MSYMBOL_TYPE (msymbol) == mst_abs
	  || MSYMBOL_TYPE (msymbol) == mst_file_data
	  || MSYMBOL_TYPE (msymbol) == mst_file_bss))
    return NULL;

  /* Search all symtabs for the one whose file contains our address, and which
     is the smallest of all the ones containing the address.  This is designed
     to deal with a case like symtab a is at 0x1000-0x2000 and 0x3000-0x4000
     and symtab b is at 0x2000-0x3000.  So the GLOBAL_BLOCK for a is from
     0x1000-0x4000, but for address 0x2345 we want to return symtab b.

     This happens for native ecoff format, where code from included files
     gets its own symtab. The symtab for the included file should have
     been read in already via the dependency mechanism.
     It might be swifter to create several symtabs with the same name
     like xcoff does (I'm not sure).

     It also happens for objfiles that have their functions reordered.
     For these, the symtab we are looking for is not necessarily read in.  */

  ALL_PRIMARY_SYMTABS (objfile, s)
  {
    bv = BLOCKVECTOR (s);
    b = BLOCKVECTOR_BLOCK (bv, GLOBAL_BLOCK);

    if (BLOCK_START (b) <= pc
	&& BLOCK_END (b) > pc
	&& (distance == 0
	    || BLOCK_END (b) - BLOCK_START (b) < distance))
      {
	/* For an objfile that has its functions reordered,
	   find_pc_psymtab will find the proper partial symbol table
	   and we simply return its corresponding symtab.  */
	/* In order to better support objfiles that contain both
	   stabs and coff debugging info, we continue on if a psymtab
	   can't be found. */
	if ((objfile->flags & OBJF_REORDERED) && objfile->sf)
	  {
	    struct symtab *result;

	    result
	      = objfile->sf->qf->find_pc_sect_symtab (objfile,
						      msymbol,
						      pc, section,
						      0);
	    if (result)
	      return result;
	  }
	if (section != 0)
	  {
	    struct dict_iterator iter;
	    struct symbol *sym = NULL;

	    ALL_BLOCK_SYMBOLS (b, iter, sym)
	      {
		fixup_symbol_section (sym, objfile);
		if (matching_obj_sections (SYMBOL_OBJ_SECTION (sym), section))
		  break;
	      }
	    if (sym == NULL)
	      continue;		/* no symbol in this symtab matches section */
	  }
	distance = BLOCK_END (b) - BLOCK_START (b);
	best_s = s;
      }
  }

  if (best_s != NULL)
    return (best_s);

  ALL_OBJFILES (objfile)
  {
    struct symtab *result;

    if (!objfile->sf)
      continue;
    result = objfile->sf->qf->find_pc_sect_symtab (objfile,
						   msymbol,
						   pc, section,
						   1);
    if (result)
      return result;
  }

  return NULL;
}

/* Find the symtab associated with PC.  Look through the psymtabs and
   read in another symtab if necessary.  Backward compatibility, no section */

struct symtab *
find_pc_symtab (CORE_ADDR pc)
{
  return find_pc_sect_symtab (pc, find_pc_mapped_section (pc));
}


/* Find the source file and line number for a given PC value and SECTION.
   Return a structure containing a symtab pointer, a line number,
   and a pc range for the entire source line.
   The value's .pc field is NOT the specified pc.
   NOTCURRENT nonzero means, if specified pc is on a line boundary,
   use the line that ends there.  Otherwise, in that case, the line
   that begins there is used.  */

/* The big complication here is that a line may start in one file, and end just
   before the start of another file.  This usually occurs when you #include
   code in the middle of a subroutine.  To properly find the end of a line's PC
   range, we must search all symtabs associated with this compilation unit, and
   find the one whose first PC is closer than that of the next line in this
   symtab.  */

/* If it's worth the effort, we could be using a binary search.  */

struct symtab_and_line
find_pc_sect_line (CORE_ADDR pc, struct obj_section *section, int notcurrent)
{
  struct symtab *s;
  struct linetable *l;
  int len;
  int i;
  struct linetable_entry *item;
  struct symtab_and_line val;
  struct blockvector *bv;
  struct minimal_symbol *msymbol;
  struct minimal_symbol *mfunsym;

  /* Info on best line seen so far, and where it starts, and its file.  */

  struct linetable_entry *best = NULL;
  CORE_ADDR best_end = 0;
  struct symtab *best_symtab = 0;

  /* Store here the first line number
     of a file which contains the line at the smallest pc after PC.
     If we don't find a line whose range contains PC,
     we will use a line one less than this,
     with a range from the start of that file to the first line's pc.  */
  struct linetable_entry *alt = NULL;
  struct symtab *alt_symtab = 0;

  /* Info on best line seen in this file.  */

  struct linetable_entry *prev;

  /* If this pc is not from the current frame,
     it is the address of the end of a call instruction.
     Quite likely that is the start of the following statement.
     But what we want is the statement containing the instruction.
     Fudge the pc to make sure we get that.  */

  init_sal (&val);		/* initialize to zeroes */

  val.pspace = current_program_space;

  /* It's tempting to assume that, if we can't find debugging info for
     any function enclosing PC, that we shouldn't search for line
     number info, either.  However, GAS can emit line number info for
     assembly files --- very helpful when debugging hand-written
     assembly code.  In such a case, we'd have no debug info for the
     function, but we would have line info.  */

  if (notcurrent)
    pc -= 1;

  /* elz: added this because this function returned the wrong
     information if the pc belongs to a stub (import/export)
     to call a shlib function. This stub would be anywhere between
     two functions in the target, and the line info was erroneously
     taken to be the one of the line before the pc.
   */
  /* RT: Further explanation:

   * We have stubs (trampolines) inserted between procedures.
   *
   * Example: "shr1" exists in a shared library, and a "shr1" stub also
   * exists in the main image.
   *
   * In the minimal symbol table, we have a bunch of symbols
   * sorted by start address. The stubs are marked as "trampoline",
   * the others appear as text. E.g.:
   *
   *  Minimal symbol table for main image
   *     main:  code for main (text symbol)
   *     shr1: stub  (trampoline symbol)
   *     foo:   code for foo (text symbol)
   *     ...
   *  Minimal symbol table for "shr1" image:
   *     ...
   *     shr1: code for shr1 (text symbol)
   *     ...
   *
   * So the code below is trying to detect if we are in the stub
   * ("shr1" stub), and if so, find the real code ("shr1" trampoline),
   * and if found,  do the symbolization from the real-code address
   * rather than the stub address.
   *
   * Assumptions being made about the minimal symbol table:
   *   1. lookup_minimal_symbol_by_pc() will return a trampoline only
   *      if we're really in the trampoline. If we're beyond it (say
   *      we're in "foo" in the above example), it'll have a closer
   *      symbol (the "foo" text symbol for example) and will not
   *      return the trampoline.
   *   2. lookup_minimal_symbol_text() will find a real text symbol
   *      corresponding to the trampoline, and whose address will
   *      be different than the trampoline address. I put in a sanity
   *      check for the address being the same, to avoid an
   *      infinite recursion.
   */
  msymbol = lookup_minimal_symbol_by_pc (pc);
  if (msymbol != NULL)
    if (MSYMBOL_TYPE (msymbol) == mst_solib_trampoline)
      {
	mfunsym = lookup_minimal_symbol_text (SYMBOL_LINKAGE_NAME (msymbol),
					      NULL);
	if (mfunsym == NULL)
	  /* I eliminated this warning since it is coming out
	   * in the following situation:
	   * gdb shmain // test program with shared libraries
	   * (gdb) break shr1  // function in shared lib
	   * Warning: In stub for ...
	   * In the above situation, the shared lib is not loaded yet,
	   * so of course we can't find the real func/line info,
	   * but the "break" still works, and the warning is annoying.
	   * So I commented out the warning. RT */
	  /* warning ("In stub for %s; unable to find real function/line info", SYMBOL_LINKAGE_NAME (msymbol)) */ ;
	/* fall through */
	else if (SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (mfunsym) == SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (msymbol))
	  /* Avoid infinite recursion */
	  /* See above comment about why warning is commented out */
	  /* warning ("In stub for %s; unable to find real function/line info", SYMBOL_LINKAGE_NAME (msymbol)) */ ;
	/* fall through */
	else
	  return find_pc_line (SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (mfunsym), 0);
      }


  s = find_pc_sect_symtab (pc, section);
  if (!s)
    {
      /* if no symbol information, return previous pc */
      if (notcurrent)
	pc++;
      val.pc = pc;
      return val;
    }

  bv = BLOCKVECTOR (s);

  /* Look at all the symtabs that share this blockvector.
     They all have the same apriori range, that we found was right;
     but they have different line tables.  */

  for (; s && BLOCKVECTOR (s) == bv; s = s->next)
    {
      /* Find the best line in this symtab.  */
      l = LINETABLE (s);
      if (!l)
	continue;
      len = l->nitems;
      if (len <= 0)
	{
	  /* I think len can be zero if the symtab lacks line numbers
	     (e.g. gcc -g1).  (Either that or the LINETABLE is NULL;
	     I'm not sure which, and maybe it depends on the symbol
	     reader).  */
	  continue;
	}

      prev = NULL;
      item = l->item;		/* Get first line info */

      /* Is this file's first line closer than the first lines of other files?
         If so, record this file, and its first line, as best alternate.  */
      if (item->pc > pc && (!alt || item->pc < alt->pc))
	{
	  alt = item;
	  alt_symtab = s;
	}

      for (i = 0; i < len; i++, item++)
	{
	  /* Leave prev pointing to the linetable entry for the last line
	     that started at or before PC.  */
	  if (item->pc > pc)
	    break;

	  prev = item;
	}

      /* At this point, prev points at the line whose start addr is <= pc, and
         item points at the next line.  If we ran off the end of the linetable
         (pc >= start of the last line), then prev == item.  If pc < start of
         the first line, prev will not be set.  */

      /* Is this file's best line closer than the best in the other files?
         If so, record this file, and its best line, as best so far.  Don't
         save prev if it represents the end of a function (i.e. line number
         0) instead of a real line.  */

      if (prev && prev->line && (!best || prev->pc > best->pc))
	{
	  best = prev;
	  best_symtab = s;

	  /* Discard BEST_END if it's before the PC of the current BEST.  */
	  if (best_end <= best->pc)
	    best_end = 0;
	}

      /* If another line (denoted by ITEM) is in the linetable and its
         PC is after BEST's PC, but before the current BEST_END, then
	 use ITEM's PC as the new best_end.  */
      if (best && i < len && item->pc > best->pc
          && (best_end == 0 || best_end > item->pc))
	best_end = item->pc;
    }

  if (!best_symtab)
    {
      /* If we didn't find any line number info, just return zeros.
	 We used to return alt->line - 1 here, but that could be
	 anywhere; if we don't have line number info for this PC,
	 don't make some up.  */
      val.pc = pc;
    }
  else if (best->line == 0)
    {
      /* If our best fit is in a range of PC's for which no line
	 number info is available (line number is zero) then we didn't
	 find any valid line information. */
      val.pc = pc;
    }
  else
    {
      val.symtab = best_symtab;
      val.line = best->line;
      val.pc = best->pc;
      if (best_end && (!alt || best_end < alt->pc))
	val.end = best_end;
      else if (alt)
	val.end = alt->pc;
      else
	val.end = BLOCK_END (BLOCKVECTOR_BLOCK (bv, GLOBAL_BLOCK));
    }
  val.section = section;
  return val;
}

/* Backward compatibility (no section) */

struct symtab_and_line
find_pc_line (CORE_ADDR pc, int notcurrent)
{
  struct obj_section *section;

  section = find_pc_overlay (pc);
  if (pc_in_unmapped_range (pc, section))
    pc = overlay_mapped_address (pc, section);
  return find_pc_sect_line (pc, section, notcurrent);
}

/* Find line number LINE in any symtab whose name is the same as
   SYMTAB.

   If found, return the symtab that contains the linetable in which it was
   found, set *INDEX to the index in the linetable of the best entry
   found, and set *EXACT_MATCH nonzero if the value returned is an
   exact match.

   If not found, return NULL.  */

struct symtab *
find_line_symtab (struct symtab *symtab, int line,
		  int *index, int *exact_match)
{
  int exact = 0;  /* Initialized here to avoid a compiler warning.  */

  /* BEST_INDEX and BEST_LINETABLE identify the smallest linenumber > LINE
     so far seen.  */

  int best_index;
  struct linetable *best_linetable;
  struct symtab *best_symtab;

  /* First try looking it up in the given symtab.  */
  best_linetable = LINETABLE (symtab);
  best_symtab = symtab;
  best_index = find_line_common (best_linetable, line, &exact);
  if (best_index < 0 || !exact)
    {
      /* Didn't find an exact match.  So we better keep looking for
         another symtab with the same name.  In the case of xcoff,
         multiple csects for one source file (produced by IBM's FORTRAN
         compiler) produce multiple symtabs (this is unavoidable
         assuming csects can be at arbitrary places in memory and that
         the GLOBAL_BLOCK of a symtab has a begin and end address).  */

      /* BEST is the smallest linenumber > LINE so far seen,
         or 0 if none has been seen so far.
         BEST_INDEX and BEST_LINETABLE identify the item for it.  */
      int best;

      struct objfile *objfile;
      struct symtab *s;

      if (best_index >= 0)
	best = best_linetable->item[best_index].line;
      else
	best = 0;

      ALL_OBJFILES (objfile)
      {
	if (objfile->sf)
	  objfile->sf->qf->expand_symtabs_with_filename (objfile,
							 symtab->filename);
      }

      /* Get symbol full file name if possible.  */
      symtab_to_fullname (symtab);

      ALL_SYMTABS (objfile, s)
      {
	struct linetable *l;
	int ind;

	if (FILENAME_CMP (symtab->filename, s->filename) != 0)
	  continue;
	if (symtab->fullname != NULL
	    && symtab_to_fullname (s) != NULL
	    && FILENAME_CMP (symtab->fullname, s->fullname) != 0)
	  continue;	
	l = LINETABLE (s);
	ind = find_line_common (l, line, &exact);
	if (ind >= 0)
	  {
	    if (exact)
	      {
		best_index = ind;
		best_linetable = l;
		best_symtab = s;
		goto done;
	      }
	    if (best == 0 || l->item[ind].line < best)
	      {
		best = l->item[ind].line;
		best_index = ind;
		best_linetable = l;
		best_symtab = s;
	      }
	  }
      }
    }
done:
  if (best_index < 0)
    return NULL;

  if (index)
    *index = best_index;
  if (exact_match)
    *exact_match = exact;

  return best_symtab;
}

/* Set the PC value for a given source file and line number and return true.
   Returns zero for invalid line number (and sets the PC to 0).
   The source file is specified with a struct symtab.  */

int
find_line_pc (struct symtab *symtab, int line, CORE_ADDR *pc)
{
  struct linetable *l;
  int ind;

  *pc = 0;
  if (symtab == 0)
    return 0;

  symtab = find_line_symtab (symtab, line, &ind, NULL);
  if (symtab != NULL)
    {
      l = LINETABLE (symtab);
      *pc = l->item[ind].pc;
      return 1;
    }
  else
    return 0;
}

/* Find the range of pc values in a line.
   Store the starting pc of the line into *STARTPTR
   and the ending pc (start of next line) into *ENDPTR.
   Returns 1 to indicate success.
   Returns 0 if could not find the specified line.  */

int
find_line_pc_range (struct symtab_and_line sal, CORE_ADDR *startptr,
		    CORE_ADDR *endptr)
{
  CORE_ADDR startaddr;
  struct symtab_and_line found_sal;

  startaddr = sal.pc;
  if (startaddr == 0 && !find_line_pc (sal.symtab, sal.line, &startaddr))
    return 0;

  /* This whole function is based on address.  For example, if line 10 has
     two parts, one from 0x100 to 0x200 and one from 0x300 to 0x400, then
     "info line *0x123" should say the line goes from 0x100 to 0x200
     and "info line *0x355" should say the line goes from 0x300 to 0x400.
     This also insures that we never give a range like "starts at 0x134
     and ends at 0x12c".  */

  found_sal = find_pc_sect_line (startaddr, sal.section, 0);
  if (found_sal.line != sal.line)
    {
      /* The specified line (sal) has zero bytes.  */
      *startptr = found_sal.pc;
      *endptr = found_sal.pc;
    }
  else
    {
      *startptr = found_sal.pc;
      *endptr = found_sal.end;
    }
  return 1;
}

/* Given a line table and a line number, return the index into the line
   table for the pc of the nearest line whose number is >= the specified one.
   Return -1 if none is found.  The value is >= 0 if it is an index.

   Set *EXACT_MATCH nonzero if the value returned is an exact match.  */

static int
find_line_common (struct linetable *l, int lineno,
		  int *exact_match)
{
  int i;
  int len;

  /* BEST is the smallest linenumber > LINENO so far seen,
     or 0 if none has been seen so far.
     BEST_INDEX identifies the item for it.  */

  int best_index = -1;
  int best = 0;

  *exact_match = 0;

  if (lineno <= 0)
    return -1;
  if (l == 0)
    return -1;

  len = l->nitems;
  for (i = 0; i < len; i++)
    {
      struct linetable_entry *item = &(l->item[i]);

      if (item->line == lineno)
	{
	  /* Return the first (lowest address) entry which matches.  */
	  *exact_match = 1;
	  return i;
	}

      if (item->line > lineno && (best == 0 || item->line < best))
	{
	  best = item->line;
	  best_index = i;
	}
    }

  /* If we got here, we didn't get an exact match.  */
  return best_index;
}

int
find_pc_line_pc_range (CORE_ADDR pc, CORE_ADDR *startptr, CORE_ADDR *endptr)
{
  struct symtab_and_line sal;

  sal = find_pc_line (pc, 0);
  *startptr = sal.pc;
  *endptr = sal.end;
  return sal.symtab != 0;
}

/* Given a function start address FUNC_ADDR and SYMTAB, find the first
   address for that function that has an entry in SYMTAB's line info
   table.  If such an entry cannot be found, return FUNC_ADDR
   unaltered.  */
CORE_ADDR
skip_prologue_using_lineinfo (CORE_ADDR func_addr, struct symtab *symtab)
{
  CORE_ADDR func_start, func_end;
  struct linetable *l;
  int i;

  /* Give up if this symbol has no lineinfo table.  */
  l = LINETABLE (symtab);
  if (l == NULL)
    return func_addr;

  /* Get the range for the function's PC values, or give up if we
     cannot, for some reason.  */
  if (!find_pc_partial_function (func_addr, NULL, &func_start, &func_end))
    return func_addr;

  /* Linetable entries are ordered by PC values, see the commentary in
     symtab.h where `struct linetable' is defined.  Thus, the first
     entry whose PC is in the range [FUNC_START..FUNC_END[ is the
     address we are looking for.  */
  for (i = 0; i < l->nitems; i++)
    {
      struct linetable_entry *item = &(l->item[i]);

      /* Don't use line numbers of zero, they mark special entries in
	 the table.  See the commentary on symtab.h before the
	 definition of struct linetable.  */
      if (item->line > 0 && func_start <= item->pc && item->pc < func_end)
	return item->pc;
    }

  return func_addr;
}

/* Given a function symbol SYM, find the symtab and line for the start
   of the function.
   If the argument FUNFIRSTLINE is nonzero, we want the first line
   of real code inside the function.  */

struct symtab_and_line
find_function_start_sal (struct symbol *sym, int funfirstline)
{
  struct symtab_and_line sal;

  fixup_symbol_section (sym, NULL);
  sal = find_pc_sect_line (BLOCK_START (SYMBOL_BLOCK_VALUE (sym)),
			   SYMBOL_OBJ_SECTION (sym), 0);

  /* We always should have a line for the function start address.
     If we don't, something is odd.  Create a plain SAL refering
     just the PC and hope that skip_prologue_sal (if requested)
     can find a line number for after the prologue.  */
  if (sal.pc < BLOCK_START (SYMBOL_BLOCK_VALUE (sym)))
    {
      init_sal (&sal);
      sal.pspace = current_program_space;
      sal.pc = BLOCK_START (SYMBOL_BLOCK_VALUE (sym));
      sal.section = SYMBOL_OBJ_SECTION (sym);
    }

  if (funfirstline)
    skip_prologue_sal (&sal);

  return sal;
}

/* Adjust SAL to the first instruction past the function prologue.
   If the PC was explicitly specified, the SAL is not changed.
   If the line number was explicitly specified, at most the SAL's PC
   is updated.  If SAL is already past the prologue, then do nothing.  */
void
skip_prologue_sal (struct symtab_and_line *sal)
{
  struct symbol *sym;
  struct symtab_and_line start_sal;
  struct cleanup *old_chain;
  CORE_ADDR pc;
  struct obj_section *section;
  const char *name;
  struct objfile *objfile;
  struct gdbarch *gdbarch;
  struct block *b, *function_block;

  /* Do not change the SAL is PC was specified explicitly.  */
  if (sal->explicit_pc)
    return;

  old_chain = save_current_space_and_thread ();
  switch_to_program_space_and_thread (sal->pspace);

  sym = find_pc_sect_function (sal->pc, sal->section);
  if (sym != NULL)
    {
      fixup_symbol_section (sym, NULL);

      pc = BLOCK_START (SYMBOL_BLOCK_VALUE (sym));
      section = SYMBOL_OBJ_SECTION (sym);
      name = SYMBOL_LINKAGE_NAME (sym);
      objfile = SYMBOL_SYMTAB (sym)->objfile;
    }
  else
    {
      struct minimal_symbol *msymbol
        = lookup_minimal_symbol_by_pc_section (sal->pc, sal->section);

      if (msymbol == NULL)
	{
	  do_cleanups (old_chain);
	  return;
	}

      pc = SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (msymbol);
      section = SYMBOL_OBJ_SECTION (msymbol);
      name = SYMBOL_LINKAGE_NAME (msymbol);
      objfile = msymbol_objfile (msymbol);
    }

  gdbarch = get_objfile_arch (objfile);

  /* If the function is in an unmapped overlay, use its unmapped LMA address,
     so that gdbarch_skip_prologue has something unique to work on.  */
  if (section_is_overlay (section) && !section_is_mapped (section))
    pc = overlay_unmapped_address (pc, section);

  /* Skip "first line" of function (which is actually its prologue).  */
  pc += gdbarch_deprecated_function_start_offset (gdbarch);
  pc = gdbarch_skip_prologue (gdbarch, pc);

  /* For overlays, map pc back into its mapped VMA range.  */
  pc = overlay_mapped_address (pc, section);

  /* Calculate line number.  */
  start_sal = find_pc_sect_line (pc, section, 0);

  /* Check if gdbarch_skip_prologue left us in mid-line, and the next
     line is still part of the same function.  */
  if (start_sal.pc != pc
      && (sym? (BLOCK_START (SYMBOL_BLOCK_VALUE (sym)) <= start_sal.end
	        && start_sal.end < BLOCK_END (SYMBOL_BLOCK_VALUE (sym)))
          : (lookup_minimal_symbol_by_pc_section (start_sal.end, section)
             == lookup_minimal_symbol_by_pc_section (pc, section))))
    {
      /* First pc of next line */
      pc = start_sal.end;
      /* Recalculate the line number (might not be N+1).  */
      start_sal = find_pc_sect_line (pc, section, 0);
    }

  /* On targets with executable formats that don't have a concept of
     constructors (ELF with .init has, PE doesn't), gcc emits a call
     to `__main' in `main' between the prologue and before user
     code.  */
  if (gdbarch_skip_main_prologue_p (gdbarch)
      && name && strcmp (name, "main") == 0)
    {
      pc = gdbarch_skip_main_prologue (gdbarch, pc);
      /* Recalculate the line number (might not be N+1).  */
      start_sal = find_pc_sect_line (pc, section, 0);
    }

  /* If we still don't have a valid source line, try to find the first
     PC in the lineinfo table that belongs to the same function.  This
     happens with COFF debug info, which does not seem to have an
     entry in lineinfo table for the code after the prologue which has
     no direct relation to source.  For example, this was found to be
     the case with the DJGPP target using "gcc -gcoff" when the
     compiler inserted code after the prologue to make sure the stack
     is aligned.  */
  if (sym && start_sal.symtab == NULL)
    {
      pc = skip_prologue_using_lineinfo (pc, SYMBOL_SYMTAB (sym));
      /* Recalculate the line number.  */
      start_sal = find_pc_sect_line (pc, section, 0);
    }

  do_cleanups (old_chain);

  /* If we're already past the prologue, leave SAL unchanged.  Otherwise
     forward SAL to the end of the prologue.  */
  if (sal->pc >= pc)
    return;

  sal->pc = pc;
  sal->section = section;

  /* Unless the explicit_line flag was set, update the SAL line
     and symtab to correspond to the modified PC location.  */
  if (sal->explicit_line)
    return;

  sal->symtab = start_sal.symtab;
  sal->line = start_sal.line;
  sal->end = start_sal.end;

  /* Check if we are now inside an inlined function.  If we can,
     use the call site of the function instead.  */
  b = block_for_pc_sect (sal->pc, sal->section);
  function_block = NULL;
  while (b != NULL)
    {
      if (BLOCK_FUNCTION (b) != NULL && block_inlined_p (b))
	function_block = b;
      else if (BLOCK_FUNCTION (b) != NULL)
	break;
      b = BLOCK_SUPERBLOCK (b);
    }
  if (function_block != NULL
      && SYMBOL_LINE (BLOCK_FUNCTION (function_block)) != 0)
    {
      sal->line = SYMBOL_LINE (BLOCK_FUNCTION (function_block));
      sal->symtab = SYMBOL_SYMTAB (BLOCK_FUNCTION (function_block));
    }
}

/* If P is of the form "operator[ \t]+..." where `...' is
   some legitimate operator text, return a pointer to the
   beginning of the substring of the operator text.
   Otherwise, return "".  */
char *
operator_chars (char *p, char **end)
{
  *end = "";
  if (strncmp (p, "operator", 8))
    return *end;
  p += 8;

  /* Don't get faked out by `operator' being part of a longer
     identifier.  */
  if (isalpha (*p) || *p == '_' || *p == '$' || *p == '\0')
    return *end;

  /* Allow some whitespace between `operator' and the operator symbol.  */
  while (*p == ' ' || *p == '\t')
    p++;

  /* Recognize 'operator TYPENAME'. */

  if (isalpha (*p) || *p == '_' || *p == '$')
    {
      char *q = p + 1;

      while (isalnum (*q) || *q == '_' || *q == '$')
	q++;
      *end = q;
      return p;
    }

  while (*p)
    switch (*p)
      {
      case '\\':			/* regexp quoting */
	if (p[1] == '*')
	  {
	    if (p[2] == '=')	/* 'operator\*=' */
	      *end = p + 3;
	    else			/* 'operator\*'  */
	      *end = p + 2;
	    return p;
	  }
	else if (p[1] == '[')
	  {
	    if (p[2] == ']')
	      error (_("mismatched quoting on brackets, try 'operator\\[\\]'"));
	    else if (p[2] == '\\' && p[3] == ']')
	      {
		*end = p + 4;	/* 'operator\[\]' */
		return p;
	      }
	    else
	      error (_("nothing is allowed between '[' and ']'"));
	  }
	else
	  {
	    /* Gratuitous qoute: skip it and move on. */
	    p++;
	    continue;
	  }
	break;
      case '!':
      case '=':
      case '*':
      case '/':
      case '%':
      case '^':
	if (p[1] == '=')
	  *end = p + 2;
	else
	  *end = p + 1;
	return p;
      case '<':
      case '>':
      case '+':
      case '-':
      case '&':
      case '|':
	if (p[0] == '-' && p[1] == '>')
	  {
	    /* Struct pointer member operator 'operator->'. */
	    if (p[2] == '*')
	      {
		*end = p + 3;	/* 'operator->*' */
		return p;
	      }
	    else if (p[2] == '\\')
	      {
		*end = p + 4;	/* Hopefully 'operator->\*' */
		return p;
	      }
	    else
	      {
		*end = p + 2;	/* 'operator->' */
		return p;
	      }
	  }
	if (p[1] == '=' || p[1] == p[0])
	  *end = p + 2;
	else
	  *end = p + 1;
	return p;
      case '~':
      case ',':
	*end = p + 1;
	return p;
      case '(':
	if (p[1] != ')')
	  error (_("`operator ()' must be specified without whitespace in `()'"));
	*end = p + 2;
	return p;
      case '?':
	if (p[1] != ':')
	  error (_("`operator ?:' must be specified without whitespace in `?:'"));
	*end = p + 2;
	return p;
      case '[':
	if (p[1] != ']')
	  error (_("`operator []' must be specified without whitespace in `[]'"));
	*end = p + 2;
	return p;
      default:
	error (_("`operator %s' not supported"), p);
	break;
      }

  *end = "";
  return *end;
}


/* If FILE is not already in the table of files, return zero;
   otherwise return non-zero.  Optionally add FILE to the table if ADD
   is non-zero.  If *FIRST is non-zero, forget the old table
   contents.  */
static int
filename_seen (const char *file, int add, int *first)
{
  /* Table of files seen so far.  */
  static const char **tab = NULL;
  /* Allocated size of tab in elements.
     Start with one 256-byte block (when using GNU malloc.c).
     24 is the malloc overhead when range checking is in effect.  */
  static int tab_alloc_size = (256 - 24) / sizeof (char *);
  /* Current size of tab in elements.  */
  static int tab_cur_size;
  const char **p;

  if (*first)
    {
      if (tab == NULL)
	tab = (const char **) xmalloc (tab_alloc_size * sizeof (*tab));
      tab_cur_size = 0;
    }

  /* Is FILE in tab?  */
  for (p = tab; p < tab + tab_cur_size; p++)
    if (strcmp (*p, file) == 0)
      return 1;

  /* No; maybe add it to tab.  */
  if (add)
    {
      if (tab_cur_size == tab_alloc_size)
	{
	  tab_alloc_size *= 2;
	  tab = (const char **) xrealloc ((char *) tab,
					  tab_alloc_size * sizeof (*tab));
	}
      tab[tab_cur_size++] = file;
    }

  return 0;
}

/* Slave routine for sources_info.  Force line breaks at ,'s.
   NAME is the name to print and *FIRST is nonzero if this is the first
   name printed.  Set *FIRST to zero.  */
static void
output_source_filename (const char *name, int *first)
{
  /* Since a single source file can result in several partial symbol
     tables, we need to avoid printing it more than once.  Note: if
     some of the psymtabs are read in and some are not, it gets
     printed both under "Source files for which symbols have been
     read" and "Source files for which symbols will be read in on
     demand".  I consider this a reasonable way to deal with the
     situation.  I'm not sure whether this can also happen for
     symtabs; it doesn't hurt to check.  */

  /* Was NAME already seen?  */
  if (filename_seen (name, 1, first))
    {
      /* Yes; don't print it again.  */
      return;
    }
  /* No; print it and reset *FIRST.  */
  if (*first)
    {
      *first = 0;
    }
  else
    {
      printf_filtered (", ");
    }

  wrap_here ("");
  fputs_filtered (name, gdb_stdout);
}

/* A callback for map_partial_symbol_filenames.  */
static void
output_partial_symbol_filename (const char *fullname, const char *filename,
				void *data)
{
  output_source_filename (fullname ? fullname : filename, data);
}

static void
sources_info (char *ignore, int from_tty)
{
  struct symtab *s;
  struct objfile *objfile;
  int first;

  if (!have_full_symbols () && !have_partial_symbols ())
    {
      error (_("No symbol table is loaded.  Use the \"file\" command."));
    }

  printf_filtered ("Source files for which symbols have been read in:\n\n");

  first = 1;
  ALL_SYMTABS (objfile, s)
  {
    const char *fullname = symtab_to_fullname (s);

    output_source_filename (fullname ? fullname : s->filename, &first);
  }
  printf_filtered ("\n\n");

  printf_filtered ("Source files for which symbols will be read in on demand:\n\n");

  first = 1;
  map_partial_symbol_filenames (output_partial_symbol_filename, &first);
  printf_filtered ("\n");
}

static int
file_matches (const char *file, char *files[], int nfiles)
{
  int i;

  if (file != NULL && nfiles != 0)
    {
      for (i = 0; i < nfiles; i++)
	{
	  if (strcmp (files[i], lbasename (file)) == 0)
	    return 1;
	}
    }
  else if (nfiles == 0)
    return 1;
  return 0;
}

/* Free any memory associated with a search. */
void
free_search_symbols (struct symbol_search *symbols)
{
  struct symbol_search *p;
  struct symbol_search *next;

  for (p = symbols; p != NULL; p = next)
    {
      next = p->next;
      xfree (p);
    }
}

static void
do_free_search_symbols_cleanup (void *symbols)
{
  free_search_symbols (symbols);
}

struct cleanup *
make_cleanup_free_search_symbols (struct symbol_search *symbols)
{
  return make_cleanup (do_free_search_symbols_cleanup, symbols);
}

/* Helper function for sort_search_symbols and qsort.  Can only
   sort symbols, not minimal symbols.  */
static int
compare_search_syms (const void *sa, const void *sb)
{
  struct symbol_search **sym_a = (struct symbol_search **) sa;
  struct symbol_search **sym_b = (struct symbol_search **) sb;

  return strcmp (SYMBOL_PRINT_NAME ((*sym_a)->symbol),
		 SYMBOL_PRINT_NAME ((*sym_b)->symbol));
}

/* Sort the ``nfound'' symbols in the list after prevtail.  Leave
   prevtail where it is, but update its next pointer to point to
   the first of the sorted symbols.  */
static struct symbol_search *
sort_search_symbols (struct symbol_search *prevtail, int nfound)
{
  struct symbol_search **symbols, *symp, *old_next;
  int i;

  symbols = (struct symbol_search **) xmalloc (sizeof (struct symbol_search *)
					       * nfound);
  symp = prevtail->next;
  for (i = 0; i < nfound; i++)
    {
      symbols[i] = symp;
      symp = symp->next;
    }
  /* Generally NULL.  */
  old_next = symp;

  qsort (symbols, nfound, sizeof (struct symbol_search *),
	 compare_search_syms);

  symp = prevtail;
  for (i = 0; i < nfound; i++)
    {
      symp->next = symbols[i];
      symp = symp->next;
    }
  symp->next = old_next;

  xfree (symbols);
  return symp;
}

/* An object of this type is passed as the user_data to the
   expand_symtabs_matching method.  */
struct search_symbols_data
{
  int nfiles;
  char **files;
  char *regexp;
};

/* A callback for expand_symtabs_matching.  */
static int
search_symbols_file_matches (const char *filename, void *user_data)
{
  struct search_symbols_data *data = user_data;

  return file_matches (filename, data->files, data->nfiles);
}

/* A callback for expand_symtabs_matching.  */
static int
search_symbols_name_matches (const char *symname, void *user_data)
{
  struct search_symbols_data *data = user_data;

  return data->regexp == NULL || re_exec (symname);
}

/* Search the symbol table for matches to the regular expression REGEXP,
   returning the results in *MATCHES.

   Only symbols of KIND are searched:
   FUNCTIONS_DOMAIN - search all functions
   TYPES_DOMAIN     - search all type names
   VARIABLES_DOMAIN - search all symbols, excluding functions, type names,
   and constants (enums)

   free_search_symbols should be called when *MATCHES is no longer needed.

   The results are sorted locally; each symtab's global and static blocks are
   separately alphabetized.
 */
void
search_symbols (char *regexp, domain_enum kind, int nfiles, char *files[],
		struct symbol_search **matches)
{
  struct symtab *s;
  struct blockvector *bv;
  struct block *b;
  int i = 0;
  struct dict_iterator iter;
  struct symbol *sym;
  struct objfile *objfile;
  struct minimal_symbol *msymbol;
  char *val;
  int found_misc = 0;
  static enum minimal_symbol_type types[]
    = {mst_data, mst_text, mst_abs, mst_unknown};
  static enum minimal_symbol_type types2[]
    = {mst_bss, mst_file_text, mst_abs, mst_unknown};
  static enum minimal_symbol_type types3[]
    = {mst_file_data, mst_solib_trampoline, mst_abs, mst_unknown};
  static enum minimal_symbol_type types4[]
    = {mst_file_bss, mst_text, mst_abs, mst_unknown};
  enum minimal_symbol_type ourtype;
  enum minimal_symbol_type ourtype2;
  enum minimal_symbol_type ourtype3;
  enum minimal_symbol_type ourtype4;
  struct symbol_search *sr;
  struct symbol_search *psr;
  struct symbol_search *tail;
  struct cleanup *old_chain = NULL;
  struct search_symbols_data datum;

  if (kind < VARIABLES_DOMAIN)
    error (_("must search on specific domain"));

  ourtype = types[(int) (kind - VARIABLES_DOMAIN)];
  ourtype2 = types2[(int) (kind - VARIABLES_DOMAIN)];
  ourtype3 = types3[(int) (kind - VARIABLES_DOMAIN)];
  ourtype4 = types4[(int) (kind - VARIABLES_DOMAIN)];

  sr = *matches = NULL;
  tail = NULL;

  if (regexp != NULL)
    {
      /* Make sure spacing is right for C++ operators.
         This is just a courtesy to make the matching less sensitive
         to how many spaces the user leaves between 'operator'
         and <TYPENAME> or <OPERATOR>. */
      char *opend;
      char *opname = operator_chars (regexp, &opend);

      if (*opname)
	{
	  int fix = -1;		/* -1 means ok; otherwise number of spaces needed. */

	  if (isalpha (*opname) || *opname == '_' || *opname == '$')
	    {
	      /* There should 1 space between 'operator' and 'TYPENAME'. */
	      if (opname[-1] != ' ' || opname[-2] == ' ')
		fix = 1;
	    }
	  else
	    {
	      /* There should 0 spaces between 'operator' and 'OPERATOR'. */
	      if (opname[-1] == ' ')
		fix = 0;
	    }
	  /* If wrong number of spaces, fix it. */
	  if (fix >= 0)
	    {
	      char *tmp = (char *) alloca (8 + fix + strlen (opname) + 1);

	      sprintf (tmp, "operator%.*s%s", fix, " ", opname);
	      regexp = tmp;
	    }
	}

      if (0 != (val = re_comp (regexp)))
	error (_("Invalid regexp (%s): %s"), val, regexp);
    }

  /* Search through the partial symtabs *first* for all symbols
     matching the regexp.  That way we don't have to reproduce all of
     the machinery below. */

  datum.nfiles = nfiles;
  datum.files = files;
  datum.regexp = regexp;
  ALL_OBJFILES (objfile)
  {
    if (objfile->sf)
      objfile->sf->qf->expand_symtabs_matching (objfile,
						search_symbols_file_matches,
						search_symbols_name_matches,
						kind,
						&datum);
  }

  /* Here, we search through the minimal symbol tables for functions
     and variables that match, and force their symbols to be read.
     This is in particular necessary for demangled variable names,
     which are no longer put into the partial symbol tables.
     The symbol will then be found during the scan of symtabs below.

     For functions, find_pc_symtab should succeed if we have debug info
     for the function, for variables we have to call lookup_symbol
     to determine if the variable has debug info.
     If the lookup fails, set found_misc so that we will rescan to print
     any matching symbols without debug info.
   */

  if (nfiles == 0 && (kind == VARIABLES_DOMAIN || kind == FUNCTIONS_DOMAIN))
    {
      ALL_MSYMBOLS (objfile, msymbol)
      {
        QUIT;

	if (MSYMBOL_TYPE (msymbol) == ourtype ||
	    MSYMBOL_TYPE (msymbol) == ourtype2 ||
	    MSYMBOL_TYPE (msymbol) == ourtype3 ||
	    MSYMBOL_TYPE (msymbol) == ourtype4)
	  {
	    if (regexp == NULL
		|| re_exec (SYMBOL_NATURAL_NAME (msymbol)) != 0)
	      {
		if (0 == find_pc_symtab (SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (msymbol)))
		  {
		    /* FIXME: carlton/2003-02-04: Given that the
		       semantics of lookup_symbol keeps on changing
		       slightly, it would be a nice idea if we had a
		       function lookup_symbol_minsym that found the
		       symbol associated to a given minimal symbol (if
		       any).  */
		    if (kind == FUNCTIONS_DOMAIN
			|| lookup_symbol (SYMBOL_LINKAGE_NAME (msymbol),
					  (struct block *) NULL,
					  VAR_DOMAIN, 0)
			== NULL)
		      found_misc = 1;
		  }
	      }
	  }
      }
    }

  ALL_PRIMARY_SYMTABS (objfile, s)
  {
    bv = BLOCKVECTOR (s);
      for (i = GLOBAL_BLOCK; i <= STATIC_BLOCK; i++)
	{
	  struct symbol_search *prevtail = tail;
	  int nfound = 0;

	  b = BLOCKVECTOR_BLOCK (bv, i);
	  ALL_BLOCK_SYMBOLS (b, iter, sym)
	    {
	      struct symtab *real_symtab = SYMBOL_SYMTAB (sym);

	      QUIT;

	      if (file_matches (real_symtab->filename, files, nfiles)
		  && ((regexp == NULL
		       || re_exec (SYMBOL_NATURAL_NAME (sym)) != 0)
		      && ((kind == VARIABLES_DOMAIN
			   && SYMBOL_CLASS (sym) != LOC_TYPEDEF
			   && SYMBOL_CLASS (sym) != LOC_UNRESOLVED
			   && SYMBOL_CLASS (sym) != LOC_BLOCK
			   /* LOC_CONST can be used for more than just enums,
			      e.g., c++ static const members.
			      We only want to skip enums here.  */
			   && !(SYMBOL_CLASS (sym) == LOC_CONST
				&& TYPE_CODE (SYMBOL_TYPE (sym)) == TYPE_CODE_ENUM))
			  || (kind == FUNCTIONS_DOMAIN && SYMBOL_CLASS (sym) == LOC_BLOCK)
			  || (kind == TYPES_DOMAIN && SYMBOL_CLASS (sym) == LOC_TYPEDEF))))
		{
		  /* match */
		  psr = (struct symbol_search *) xmalloc (sizeof (struct symbol_search));
		  psr->block = i;
		  psr->symtab = real_symtab;
		  psr->symbol = sym;
		  psr->msymbol = NULL;
		  psr->next = NULL;
		  if (tail == NULL)
		    sr = psr;
		  else
		    tail->next = psr;
		  tail = psr;
		  nfound ++;
		}
	    }
	  if (nfound > 0)
	    {
	      if (prevtail == NULL)
		{
		  struct symbol_search dummy;

		  dummy.next = sr;
		  tail = sort_search_symbols (&dummy, nfound);
		  sr = dummy.next;

		  old_chain = make_cleanup_free_search_symbols (sr);
		}
	      else
		tail = sort_search_symbols (prevtail, nfound);
	    }
	}
  }

  /* If there are no eyes, avoid all contact.  I mean, if there are
     no debug symbols, then print directly from the msymbol_vector.  */

  if (found_misc || kind != FUNCTIONS_DOMAIN)
    {
      ALL_MSYMBOLS (objfile, msymbol)
      {
        QUIT;

	if (MSYMBOL_TYPE (msymbol) == ourtype ||
	    MSYMBOL_TYPE (msymbol) == ourtype2 ||
	    MSYMBOL_TYPE (msymbol) == ourtype3 ||
	    MSYMBOL_TYPE (msymbol) == ourtype4)
	  {
	    if (regexp == NULL
		|| re_exec (SYMBOL_NATURAL_NAME (msymbol)) != 0)
	      {
		/* Functions:  Look up by address. */
		if (kind != FUNCTIONS_DOMAIN ||
		    (0 == find_pc_symtab (SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (msymbol))))
		  {
		    /* Variables/Absolutes:  Look up by name */
		    if (lookup_symbol (SYMBOL_LINKAGE_NAME (msymbol),
				       (struct block *) NULL, VAR_DOMAIN, 0)
			 == NULL)
		      {
			/* match */
			psr = (struct symbol_search *) xmalloc (sizeof (struct symbol_search));
			psr->block = i;
			psr->msymbol = msymbol;
			psr->symtab = NULL;
			psr->symbol = NULL;
			psr->next = NULL;
			if (tail == NULL)
			  {
			    sr = psr;
			    old_chain = make_cleanup_free_search_symbols (sr);
			  }
			else
			  tail->next = psr;
			tail = psr;
		      }
		  }
	      }
	  }
      }
    }

  *matches = sr;
  if (sr != NULL)
    discard_cleanups (old_chain);
}

/* Helper function for symtab_symbol_info, this function uses
   the data returned from search_symbols() to print information
   regarding the match to gdb_stdout.
 */
static void
print_symbol_info (domain_enum kind, struct symtab *s, struct symbol *sym,
		   int block, char *last)
{
  if (last == NULL || strcmp (last, s->filename) != 0)
    {
      fputs_filtered ("\nFile ", gdb_stdout);
      fputs_filtered (s->filename, gdb_stdout);
      fputs_filtered (":\n", gdb_stdout);
    }

  if (kind != TYPES_DOMAIN && block == STATIC_BLOCK)
    printf_filtered ("static ");

  /* Typedef that is not a C++ class */
  if (kind == TYPES_DOMAIN
      && SYMBOL_DOMAIN (sym) != STRUCT_DOMAIN)
    typedef_print (SYMBOL_TYPE (sym), sym, gdb_stdout);
  /* variable, func, or typedef-that-is-c++-class */
  else if (kind < TYPES_DOMAIN ||
	   (kind == TYPES_DOMAIN &&
	    SYMBOL_DOMAIN (sym) == STRUCT_DOMAIN))
    {
      type_print (SYMBOL_TYPE (sym),
		  (SYMBOL_CLASS (sym) == LOC_TYPEDEF
		   ? "" : SYMBOL_PRINT_NAME (sym)),
		  gdb_stdout, 0);

      printf_filtered (";\n");
    }
}

/* This help function for symtab_symbol_info() prints information
   for non-debugging symbols to gdb_stdout.
 */
static void
print_msymbol_info (struct minimal_symbol *msymbol)
{
  struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_objfile_arch (msymbol_objfile (msymbol));
  char *tmp;

  if (gdbarch_addr_bit (gdbarch) <= 32)
    tmp = hex_string_custom (SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (msymbol)
			     & (CORE_ADDR) 0xffffffff,
			     8);
  else
    tmp = hex_string_custom (SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (msymbol),
			     16);
  printf_filtered ("%s  %s\n",
		   tmp, SYMBOL_PRINT_NAME (msymbol));
}

/* This is the guts of the commands "info functions", "info types", and
   "info variables". It calls search_symbols to find all matches and then
   print_[m]symbol_info to print out some useful information about the
   matches.
 */
static void
symtab_symbol_info (char *regexp, domain_enum kind, int from_tty)
{
  static char *classnames[] = {"variable", "function", "type", "method"};
  struct symbol_search *symbols;
  struct symbol_search *p;
  struct cleanup *old_chain;
  char *last_filename = NULL;
  int first = 1;

  /* must make sure that if we're interrupted, symbols gets freed */
  search_symbols (regexp, kind, 0, (char **) NULL, &symbols);
  old_chain = make_cleanup_free_search_symbols (symbols);

  printf_filtered (regexp
		   ? "All %ss matching regular expression \"%s\":\n"
		   : "All defined %ss:\n",
		   classnames[(int) (kind - VARIABLES_DOMAIN)], regexp);

  for (p = symbols; p != NULL; p = p->next)
    {
      QUIT;

      if (p->msymbol != NULL)
	{
	  if (first)
	    {
	      printf_filtered ("\nNon-debugging symbols:\n");
	      first = 0;
	    }
	  print_msymbol_info (p->msymbol);
	}
      else
	{
	  print_symbol_info (kind,
			     p->symtab,
			     p->symbol,
			     p->block,
			     last_filename);
	  last_filename = p->symtab->filename;
	}
    }

  do_cleanups (old_chain);
}

static void
variables_info (char *regexp, int from_tty)
{
  symtab_symbol_info (regexp, VARIABLES_DOMAIN, from_tty);
}

static void
functions_info (char *regexp, int from_tty)
{
  symtab_symbol_info (regexp, FUNCTIONS_DOMAIN, from_tty);
}


static void
types_info (char *regexp, int from_tty)
{
  symtab_symbol_info (regexp, TYPES_DOMAIN, from_tty);
}

/* Breakpoint all functions matching regular expression. */

void
rbreak_command_wrapper (char *regexp, int from_tty)
{
  rbreak_command (regexp, from_tty);
}

/* A cleanup function that calls end_rbreak_breakpoints.  */

static void
do_end_rbreak_breakpoints (void *ignore)
{
  end_rbreak_breakpoints ();
}

static void
rbreak_command (char *regexp, int from_tty)
{
  struct symbol_search *ss;
  struct symbol_search *p;
  struct cleanup *old_chain;
  char *string = NULL;
  int len = 0;
  char **files = NULL;
  int nfiles = 0;

  if (regexp)
    {
      char *colon = strchr (regexp, ':');

      if (colon && *(colon + 1) != ':')
	{
	  int colon_index;
	  char * file_name;

	  colon_index = colon - regexp;
	  file_name = alloca (colon_index + 1);
	  memcpy (file_name, regexp, colon_index);
	  file_name[colon_index--] = 0;
	  while (isspace (file_name[colon_index]))
	    file_name[colon_index--] = 0; 
	  files = &file_name;
	  nfiles = 1;
	  regexp = colon + 1;
	  while (isspace (*regexp))  regexp++; 
	}
    }

  search_symbols (regexp, FUNCTIONS_DOMAIN, nfiles, files, &ss);
  old_chain = make_cleanup_free_search_symbols (ss);
  make_cleanup (free_current_contents, &string);

  start_rbreak_breakpoints ();
  make_cleanup (do_end_rbreak_breakpoints, NULL);
  for (p = ss; p != NULL; p = p->next)
    {
      if (p->msymbol == NULL)
	{
	  int newlen = (strlen (p->symtab->filename)
			+ strlen (SYMBOL_LINKAGE_NAME (p->symbol))
			+ 4);

	  if (newlen > len)
	    {
	      string = xrealloc (string, newlen);
	      len = newlen;
	    }
	  strcpy (string, p->symtab->filename);
	  strcat (string, ":'");
	  strcat (string, SYMBOL_LINKAGE_NAME (p->symbol));
	  strcat (string, "'");
	  break_command (string, from_tty);
	  print_symbol_info (FUNCTIONS_DOMAIN,
			     p->symtab,
			     p->symbol,
			     p->block,
			     p->symtab->filename);
	}
      else
	{
	  int newlen = (strlen (SYMBOL_LINKAGE_NAME (p->msymbol)) + 3);

	  if (newlen > len)
	    {
	      string = xrealloc (string, newlen);
	      len = newlen;
	    }
	  strcpy (string, "'");
	  strcat (string, SYMBOL_LINKAGE_NAME (p->msymbol));
	  strcat (string, "'");

	  break_command (string, from_tty);
	  printf_filtered ("<function, no debug info> %s;\n",
			   SYMBOL_PRINT_NAME (p->msymbol));
	}
    }

  do_cleanups (old_chain);
}


/* Helper routine for make_symbol_completion_list.  */

static int return_val_size;
static int return_val_index;
static char **return_val;

#define COMPLETION_LIST_ADD_SYMBOL(symbol, sym_text, len, text, word) \
      completion_list_add_name \
	(SYMBOL_NATURAL_NAME (symbol), (sym_text), (len), (text), (word))

/*  Test to see if the symbol specified by SYMNAME (which is already
   demangled for C++ symbols) matches SYM_TEXT in the first SYM_TEXT_LEN
   characters.  If so, add it to the current completion list. */

static void
completion_list_add_name (char *symname, char *sym_text, int sym_text_len,
			  char *text, char *word)
{
  int newsize;

  /* clip symbols that cannot match */

  if (strncmp (symname, sym_text, sym_text_len) != 0)
    {
      return;
    }

  /* We have a match for a completion, so add SYMNAME to the current list
     of matches. Note that the name is moved to freshly malloc'd space. */

  {
    char *new;

    if (word == sym_text)
      {
	new = xmalloc (strlen (symname) + 5);
	strcpy (new, symname);
      }
    else if (word > sym_text)
      {
	/* Return some portion of symname.  */
	new = xmalloc (strlen (symname) + 5);
	strcpy (new, symname + (word - sym_text));
      }
    else
      {
	/* Return some of SYM_TEXT plus symname.  */
	new = xmalloc (strlen (symname) + (sym_text - word) + 5);
	strncpy (new, word, sym_text - word);
	new[sym_text - word] = '\0';
	strcat (new, symname);
      }

    if (return_val_index + 3 > return_val_size)
      {
	newsize = (return_val_size *= 2) * sizeof (char *);
	return_val = (char **) xrealloc ((char *) return_val, newsize);
      }
    return_val[return_val_index++] = new;
    return_val[return_val_index] = NULL;
  }
}

/* ObjC: In case we are completing on a selector, look as the msymbol
   again and feed all the selectors into the mill.  */

static void
completion_list_objc_symbol (struct minimal_symbol *msymbol, char *sym_text,
			     int sym_text_len, char *text, char *word)
{
  static char *tmp = NULL;
  static unsigned int tmplen = 0;

  char *method, *category, *selector;
  char *tmp2 = NULL;

  method = SYMBOL_NATURAL_NAME (msymbol);

  /* Is it a method?  */
  if ((method[0] != '-') && (method[0] != '+'))
    return;

  if (sym_text[0] == '[')
    /* Complete on shortened method method.  */
    completion_list_add_name (method + 1, sym_text, sym_text_len, text, word);

  while ((strlen (method) + 1) >= tmplen)
    {
      if (tmplen == 0)
	tmplen = 1024;
      else
	tmplen *= 2;
      tmp = xrealloc (tmp, tmplen);
    }
  selector = strchr (method, ' ');
  if (selector != NULL)
    selector++;

  category = strchr (method, '(');

  if ((category != NULL) && (selector != NULL))
    {
      memcpy (tmp, method, (category - method));
      tmp[category - method] = ' ';
      memcpy (tmp + (category - method) + 1, selector, strlen (selector) + 1);
      completion_list_add_name (tmp, sym_text, sym_text_len, text, word);
      if (sym_text[0] == '[')
	completion_list_add_name (tmp + 1, sym_text, sym_text_len, text, word);
    }

  if (selector != NULL)
    {
      /* Complete on selector only.  */
      strcpy (tmp, selector);
      tmp2 = strchr (tmp, ']');
      if (tmp2 != NULL)
	*tmp2 = '\0';

      completion_list_add_name (tmp, sym_text, sym_text_len, text, word);
    }
}

/* Break the non-quoted text based on the characters which are in
   symbols. FIXME: This should probably be language-specific. */

static char *
language_search_unquoted_string (char *text, char *p)
{
  for (; p > text; --p)
    {
      if (isalnum (p[-1]) || p[-1] == '_' || p[-1] == '\0')
	continue;
      else
	{
	  if ((current_language->la_language == language_objc))
	    {
	      if (p[-1] == ':')     /* might be part of a method name */
		continue;
	      else if (p[-1] == '[' && (p[-2] == '-' || p[-2] == '+'))
		p -= 2;             /* beginning of a method name */
	      else if (p[-1] == ' ' || p[-1] == '(' || p[-1] == ')')
		{                   /* might be part of a method name */
		  char *t = p;

		  /* Seeing a ' ' or a '(' is not conclusive evidence
		     that we are in the middle of a method name.  However,
		     finding "-[" or "+[" should be pretty un-ambiguous.
		     Unfortunately we have to find it now to decide.  */

		  while (t > text)
		    if (isalnum (t[-1]) || t[-1] == '_' ||
			t[-1] == ' '    || t[-1] == ':' ||
			t[-1] == '('    || t[-1] == ')')
		      --t;
		    else
		      break;

		  if (t[-1] == '[' && (t[-2] == '-' || t[-2] == '+'))
		    p = t - 2;      /* method name detected */
		  /* else we leave with p unchanged */
		}
	    }
	  break;
	}
    }
  return p;
}

static void
completion_list_add_fields (struct symbol *sym, char *sym_text,
			    int sym_text_len, char *text, char *word)
{
  if (SYMBOL_CLASS (sym) == LOC_TYPEDEF)
    {
      struct type *t = SYMBOL_TYPE (sym);
      enum type_code c = TYPE_CODE (t);
      int j;

      if (c == TYPE_CODE_UNION || c == TYPE_CODE_STRUCT)
	for (j = TYPE_N_BASECLASSES (t); j < TYPE_NFIELDS (t); j++)
	  if (TYPE_FIELD_NAME (t, j))
	    completion_list_add_name (TYPE_FIELD_NAME (t, j),
				      sym_text, sym_text_len, text, word);
    }
}

/* Type of the user_data argument passed to add_macro_name or
   add_partial_symbol_name.  The contents are simply whatever is
   needed by completion_list_add_name.  */
struct add_name_data
{
  char *sym_text;
  int sym_text_len;
  char *text;
  char *word;
};

/* A callback used with macro_for_each and macro_for_each_in_scope.
   This adds a macro's name to the current completion list.  */
static void
add_macro_name (const char *name, const struct macro_definition *ignore,
		void *user_data)
{
  struct add_name_data *datum = (struct add_name_data *) user_data;

  completion_list_add_name ((char *) name,
			    datum->sym_text, datum->sym_text_len,
			    datum->text, datum->word);
}

/* A callback for map_partial_symbol_names.  */
static void
add_partial_symbol_name (const char *name, void *user_data)
{
  struct add_name_data *datum = (struct add_name_data *) user_data;

  completion_list_add_name ((char *) name,
			    datum->sym_text, datum->sym_text_len,
			    datum->text, datum->word);
}

char **
default_make_symbol_completion_list_break_on (char *text, char *word,
					      const char *break_on)
{
  /* Problem: All of the symbols have to be copied because readline
     frees them.  I'm not going to worry about this; hopefully there
     won't be that many.  */

  struct symbol *sym;
  struct symtab *s;
  struct minimal_symbol *msymbol;
  struct objfile *objfile;
  struct block *b;
  const struct block *surrounding_static_block, *surrounding_global_block;
  struct dict_iterator iter;
  /* The symbol we are completing on.  Points in same buffer as text.  */
  char *sym_text;
  /* Length of sym_text.  */
  int sym_text_len;
  struct add_name_data datum;

  /* Now look for the symbol we are supposed to complete on.  */
  {
    char *p;
    char quote_found;
    char *quote_pos = NULL;

    /* First see if this is a quoted string.  */
    quote_found = '\0';
    for (p = text; *p != '\0'; ++p)
      {
	if (quote_found != '\0')
	  {
	    if (*p == quote_found)
	      /* Found close quote.  */
	      quote_found = '\0';
	    else if (*p == '\\' && p[1] == quote_found)
	      /* A backslash followed by the quote character
	         doesn't end the string.  */
	      ++p;
	  }
	else if (*p == '\'' || *p == '"')
	  {
	    quote_found = *p;
	    quote_pos = p;
	  }
      }
    if (quote_found == '\'')
      /* A string within single quotes can be a symbol, so complete on it.  */
      sym_text = quote_pos + 1;
    else if (quote_found == '"')
      /* A double-quoted string is never a symbol, nor does it make sense
         to complete it any other way.  */
      {
	return_val = (char **) xmalloc (sizeof (char *));
	return_val[0] = NULL;
	return return_val;
      }
    else
      {
	/* It is not a quoted string.  Break it based on the characters
	   which are in symbols.  */
	while (p > text)
	  {
	    if (isalnum (p[-1]) || p[-1] == '_' || p[-1] == '\0'
		|| p[-1] == ':' || strchr (break_on, p[-1]) != NULL)
	      --p;
	    else
	      break;
	  }
	sym_text = p;
      }
  }

  sym_text_len = strlen (sym_text);

  return_val_size = 100;
  return_val_index = 0;
  return_val = (char **) xmalloc ((return_val_size + 1) * sizeof (char *));
  return_val[0] = NULL;

  datum.sym_text = sym_text;
  datum.sym_text_len = sym_text_len;
  datum.text = text;
  datum.word = word;

  /* Look through the partial symtabs for all symbols which begin
     by matching SYM_TEXT.  Add each one that you find to the list.  */
  map_partial_symbol_names (add_partial_symbol_name, &datum);

  /* At this point scan through the misc symbol vectors and add each
     symbol you find to the list.  Eventually we want to ignore
     anything that isn't a text symbol (everything else will be
     handled by the psymtab code above).  */

  ALL_MSYMBOLS (objfile, msymbol)
  {
    QUIT;
    COMPLETION_LIST_ADD_SYMBOL (msymbol, sym_text, sym_text_len, text, word);

    completion_list_objc_symbol (msymbol, sym_text, sym_text_len, text, word);
  }

  /* Search upwards from currently selected frame (so that we can
     complete on local vars).  Also catch fields of types defined in
     this places which match our text string.  Only complete on types
     visible from current context. */

  b = get_selected_block (0);
  surrounding_static_block = block_static_block (b);
  surrounding_global_block = block_global_block (b);
  if (surrounding_static_block != NULL)
    while (b != surrounding_static_block)
      {
	QUIT;

	ALL_BLOCK_SYMBOLS (b, iter, sym)
	  {
	    COMPLETION_LIST_ADD_SYMBOL (sym, sym_text, sym_text_len, text,
					word);
	    completion_list_add_fields (sym, sym_text, sym_text_len, text,
					word);
	  }

	/* Stop when we encounter an enclosing function.  Do not stop for
	   non-inlined functions - the locals of the enclosing function
	   are in scope for a nested function.  */
	if (BLOCK_FUNCTION (b) != NULL && block_inlined_p (b))
	  break;
	b = BLOCK_SUPERBLOCK (b);
      }

  /* Add fields from the file's types; symbols will be added below.  */

  if (surrounding_static_block != NULL)
    ALL_BLOCK_SYMBOLS (surrounding_static_block, iter, sym)
      completion_list_add_fields (sym, sym_text, sym_text_len, text, word);

  if (surrounding_global_block != NULL)
      ALL_BLOCK_SYMBOLS (surrounding_global_block, iter, sym)
	completion_list_add_fields (sym, sym_text, sym_text_len, text, word);

  /* Go through the symtabs and check the externs and statics for
     symbols which match.  */

  ALL_PRIMARY_SYMTABS (objfile, s)
  {
    QUIT;
    b = BLOCKVECTOR_BLOCK (BLOCKVECTOR (s), GLOBAL_BLOCK);
    ALL_BLOCK_SYMBOLS (b, iter, sym)
      {
	COMPLETION_LIST_ADD_SYMBOL (sym, sym_text, sym_text_len, text, word);
      }
  }

  ALL_PRIMARY_SYMTABS (objfile, s)
  {
    QUIT;
    b = BLOCKVECTOR_BLOCK (BLOCKVECTOR (s), STATIC_BLOCK);
    ALL_BLOCK_SYMBOLS (b, iter, sym)
      {
	COMPLETION_LIST_ADD_SYMBOL (sym, sym_text, sym_text_len, text, word);
      }
  }

  if (current_language->la_macro_expansion == macro_expansion_c)
    {
      struct macro_scope *scope;

      /* Add any macros visible in the default scope.  Note that this
	 may yield the occasional wrong result, because an expression
	 might be evaluated in a scope other than the default.  For
	 example, if the user types "break file:line if <TAB>", the
	 resulting expression will be evaluated at "file:line" -- but
	 at there does not seem to be a way to detect this at
	 completion time.  */
      scope = default_macro_scope ();
      if (scope)
	{
	  macro_for_each_in_scope (scope->file, scope->line,
				   add_macro_name, &datum);
	  xfree (scope);
	}

      /* User-defined macros are always visible.  */
      macro_for_each (macro_user_macros, add_macro_name, &datum);
    }

  return (return_val);
}

char **
default_make_symbol_completion_list (char *text, char *word)
{
  return default_make_symbol_completion_list_break_on (text, word, "");
}

/* Return a NULL terminated array of all symbols (regardless of class)
   which begin by matching TEXT.  If the answer is no symbols, then
   the return value is an array which contains only a NULL pointer.  */

char **
make_symbol_completion_list (char *text, char *word)
{
  return current_language->la_make_symbol_completion_list (text, word);
}

/* Like make_symbol_completion_list, but suitable for use as a
   completion function.  */

char **
make_symbol_completion_list_fn (struct cmd_list_element *ignore,
				char *text, char *word)
{
  return make_symbol_completion_list (text, word);
}

/* Like make_symbol_completion_list, but returns a list of symbols
   defined in a source file FILE.  */

char **
make_file_symbol_completion_list (char *text, char *word, char *srcfile)
{
  struct symbol *sym;
  struct symtab *s;
  struct block *b;
  struct dict_iterator iter;
  /* The symbol we are completing on.  Points in same buffer as text.  */
  char *sym_text;
  /* Length of sym_text.  */
  int sym_text_len;

  /* Now look for the symbol we are supposed to complete on.
     FIXME: This should be language-specific.  */
  {
    char *p;
    char quote_found;
    char *quote_pos = NULL;

    /* First see if this is a quoted string.  */
    quote_found = '\0';
    for (p = text; *p != '\0'; ++p)
      {
	if (quote_found != '\0')
	  {
	    if (*p == quote_found)
	      /* Found close quote.  */
	      quote_found = '\0';
	    else if (*p == '\\' && p[1] == quote_found)
	      /* A backslash followed by the quote character
	         doesn't end the string.  */
	      ++p;
	  }
	else if (*p == '\'' || *p == '"')
	  {
	    quote_found = *p;
	    quote_pos = p;
	  }
      }
    if (quote_found == '\'')
      /* A string within single quotes can be a symbol, so complete on it.  */
      sym_text = quote_pos + 1;
    else if (quote_found == '"')
      /* A double-quoted string is never a symbol, nor does it make sense
         to complete it any other way.  */
      {
	return_val = (char **) xmalloc (sizeof (char *));
	return_val[0] = NULL;
	return return_val;
      }
    else
      {
	/* Not a quoted string.  */
	sym_text = language_search_unquoted_string (text, p);
      }
  }

  sym_text_len = strlen (sym_text);

  return_val_size = 10;
  return_val_index = 0;
  return_val = (char **) xmalloc ((return_val_size + 1) * sizeof (char *));
  return_val[0] = NULL;

  /* Find the symtab for SRCFILE (this loads it if it was not yet read
     in).  */
  s = lookup_symtab (srcfile);
  if (s == NULL)
    {
      /* Maybe they typed the file with leading directories, while the
	 symbol tables record only its basename.  */
      const char *tail = lbasename (srcfile);

      if (tail > srcfile)
	s = lookup_symtab (tail);
    }

  /* If we have no symtab for that file, return an empty list.  */
  if (s == NULL)
    return (return_val);

  /* Go through this symtab and check the externs and statics for
     symbols which match.  */

  b = BLOCKVECTOR_BLOCK (BLOCKVECTOR (s), GLOBAL_BLOCK);
  ALL_BLOCK_SYMBOLS (b, iter, sym)
    {
      COMPLETION_LIST_ADD_SYMBOL (sym, sym_text, sym_text_len, text, word);
    }

  b = BLOCKVECTOR_BLOCK (BLOCKVECTOR (s), STATIC_BLOCK);
  ALL_BLOCK_SYMBOLS (b, iter, sym)
    {
      COMPLETION_LIST_ADD_SYMBOL (sym, sym_text, sym_text_len, text, word);
    }

  return (return_val);
}

/* A helper function for make_source_files_completion_list.  It adds
   another file name to a list of possible completions, growing the
   list as necessary.  */

static void
add_filename_to_list (const char *fname, char *text, char *word,
		      char ***list, int *list_used, int *list_alloced)
{
  char *new;
  size_t fnlen = strlen (fname);

  if (*list_used + 1 >= *list_alloced)
    {
      *list_alloced *= 2;
      *list = (char **) xrealloc ((char *) *list,
				  *list_alloced * sizeof (char *));
    }

  if (word == text)
    {
      /* Return exactly fname.  */
      new = xmalloc (fnlen + 5);
      strcpy (new, fname);
    }
  else if (word > text)
    {
      /* Return some portion of fname.  */
      new = xmalloc (fnlen + 5);
      strcpy (new, fname + (word - text));
    }
  else
    {
      /* Return some of TEXT plus fname.  */
      new = xmalloc (fnlen + (text - word) + 5);
      strncpy (new, word, text - word);
      new[text - word] = '\0';
      strcat (new, fname);
    }
  (*list)[*list_used] = new;
  (*list)[++*list_used] = NULL;
}

static int
not_interesting_fname (const char *fname)
{
  static const char *illegal_aliens[] = {
    "_globals_",	/* inserted by coff_symtab_read */
    NULL
  };
  int i;

  for (i = 0; illegal_aliens[i]; i++)
    {
      if (strcmp (fname, illegal_aliens[i]) == 0)
	return 1;
    }
  return 0;
}

/* An object of this type is passed as the user_data argument to
   map_partial_symbol_filenames.  */
struct add_partial_filename_data
{
  int *first;
  char *text;
  char *word;
  int text_len;
  char ***list;
  int *list_used;
  int *list_alloced;
};

/* A callback for map_partial_symbol_filenames.  */
static void
maybe_add_partial_symtab_filename (const char *fullname, const char *filename,
				   void *user_data)
{
  struct add_partial_filename_data *data = user_data;

  if (not_interesting_fname (filename))
    return;
  if (!filename_seen (filename, 1, data->first)
#if HAVE_DOS_BASED_FILE_SYSTEM
      && strncasecmp (filename, data->text, data->text_len) == 0
#else
      && strncmp (filename, data->text, data->text_len) == 0
#endif
      )
    {
      /* This file matches for a completion; add it to the
	 current list of matches.  */
      add_filename_to_list (filename, data->text, data->word,
			    data->list, data->list_used, data->list_alloced);
    }
  else
    {
      const char *base_name = lbasename (filename);

      if (base_name != filename
	  && !filename_seen (base_name, 1, data->first)
#if HAVE_DOS_BASED_FILE_SYSTEM
	  && strncasecmp (base_name, data->text, data->text_len) == 0
#else
	  && strncmp (base_name, data->text, data->text_len) == 0
#endif
	  )
	add_filename_to_list (base_name, data->text, data->word,
			      data->list, data->list_used, data->list_alloced);
    }
}

/* Return a NULL terminated array of all source files whose names
   begin with matching TEXT.  The file names are looked up in the
   symbol tables of this program.  If the answer is no matchess, then
   the return value is an array which contains only a NULL pointer.  */

char **
make_source_files_completion_list (char *text, char *word)
{
  struct symtab *s;
  struct objfile *objfile;
  int first = 1;
  int list_alloced = 1;
  int list_used = 0;
  size_t text_len = strlen (text);
  char **list = (char **) xmalloc (list_alloced * sizeof (char *));
  const char *base_name;
  struct add_partial_filename_data datum;

  list[0] = NULL;

  if (!have_full_symbols () && !have_partial_symbols ())
    return list;

  ALL_SYMTABS (objfile, s)
    {
      if (not_interesting_fname (s->filename))
	continue;
      if (!filename_seen (s->filename, 1, &first)
#if HAVE_DOS_BASED_FILE_SYSTEM
	  && strncasecmp (s->filename, text, text_len) == 0
#else
	  && strncmp (s->filename, text, text_len) == 0
#endif
	  )
	{
	  /* This file matches for a completion; add it to the current
	     list of matches.  */
	  add_filename_to_list (s->filename, text, word,
				&list, &list_used, &list_alloced);
	}
      else
	{
	  /* NOTE: We allow the user to type a base name when the
	     debug info records leading directories, but not the other
	     way around.  This is what subroutines of breakpoint
	     command do when they parse file names.  */
	  base_name = lbasename (s->filename);
	  if (base_name != s->filename
	      && !filename_seen (base_name, 1, &first)
#if HAVE_DOS_BASED_FILE_SYSTEM
	      && strncasecmp (base_name, text, text_len) == 0
#else
	      && strncmp (base_name, text, text_len) == 0
#endif
	      )
	    add_filename_to_list (base_name, text, word,
				  &list, &list_used, &list_alloced);
	}
    }

  datum.first = &first;
  datum.text = text;
  datum.word = word;
  datum.text_len = text_len;
  datum.list = &list;
  datum.list_used = &list_used;
  datum.list_alloced = &list_alloced;
  map_partial_symbol_filenames (maybe_add_partial_symtab_filename, &datum);

  return list;
}

/* Determine if PC is in the prologue of a function.  The prologue is the area
   between the first instruction of a function, and the first executable line.
   Returns 1 if PC *might* be in prologue, 0 if definately *not* in prologue.

   If non-zero, func_start is where we think the prologue starts, possibly
   by previous examination of symbol table information.
 */

int
in_prologue (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, CORE_ADDR pc, CORE_ADDR func_start)
{
  struct symtab_and_line sal;
  CORE_ADDR func_addr, func_end;

  /* We have several sources of information we can consult to figure
     this out.
     - Compilers usually emit line number info that marks the prologue
       as its own "source line".  So the ending address of that "line"
       is the end of the prologue.  If available, this is the most
       reliable method.
     - The minimal symbols and partial symbols, which can usually tell
       us the starting and ending addresses of a function.
     - If we know the function's start address, we can call the
       architecture-defined gdbarch_skip_prologue function to analyze the
       instruction stream and guess where the prologue ends.
     - Our `func_start' argument; if non-zero, this is the caller's
       best guess as to the function's entry point.  At the time of
       this writing, handle_inferior_event doesn't get this right, so
       it should be our last resort.  */

  /* Consult the partial symbol table, to find which function
     the PC is in.  */
  if (! find_pc_partial_function (pc, NULL, &func_addr, &func_end))
    {
      CORE_ADDR prologue_end;

      /* We don't even have minsym information, so fall back to using
         func_start, if given.  */
      if (! func_start)
	return 1;		/* We *might* be in a prologue.  */

      prologue_end = gdbarch_skip_prologue (gdbarch, func_start);

      return func_start <= pc && pc < prologue_end;
    }

  /* If we have line number information for the function, that's
     usually pretty reliable.  */
  sal = find_pc_line (func_addr, 0);

  /* Now sal describes the source line at the function's entry point,
     which (by convention) is the prologue.  The end of that "line",
     sal.end, is the end of the prologue.

     Note that, for functions whose source code is all on a single
     line, the line number information doesn't always end up this way.
     So we must verify that our purported end-of-prologue address is
     *within* the function, not at its start or end.  */
  if (sal.line == 0
      || sal.end <= func_addr
      || func_end <= sal.end)
    {
      /* We don't have any good line number info, so use the minsym
	 information, together with the architecture-specific prologue
	 scanning code.  */
      CORE_ADDR prologue_end = gdbarch_skip_prologue (gdbarch, func_addr);

      return func_addr <= pc && pc < prologue_end;
    }

  /* We have line number info, and it looks good.  */
  return func_addr <= pc && pc < sal.end;
}

/* Given PC at the function's start address, attempt to find the
   prologue end using SAL information.  Return zero if the skip fails.

   A non-optimized prologue traditionally has one SAL for the function
   and a second for the function body.  A single line function has
   them both pointing at the same line.

   An optimized prologue is similar but the prologue may contain
   instructions (SALs) from the instruction body.  Need to skip those
   while not getting into the function body.

   The functions end point and an increasing SAL line are used as
   indicators of the prologue's endpoint.

   This code is based on the function refine_prologue_limit (versions
   found in both ia64 and ppc).  */

CORE_ADDR
skip_prologue_using_sal (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, CORE_ADDR func_addr)
{
  struct symtab_and_line prologue_sal;
  CORE_ADDR start_pc;
  CORE_ADDR end_pc;
  struct block *bl;

  /* Get an initial range for the function.  */
  find_pc_partial_function (func_addr, NULL, &start_pc, &end_pc);
  start_pc += gdbarch_deprecated_function_start_offset (gdbarch);

  prologue_sal = find_pc_line (start_pc, 0);
  if (prologue_sal.line != 0)
    {
      /* For langauges other than assembly, treat two consecutive line
	 entries at the same address as a zero-instruction prologue.
	 The GNU assembler emits separate line notes for each instruction
	 in a multi-instruction macro, but compilers generally will not
	 do this.  */
      if (prologue_sal.symtab->language != language_asm)
	{
	  struct linetable *linetable = LINETABLE (prologue_sal.symtab);
	  int idx = 0;

	  /* Skip any earlier lines, and any end-of-sequence marker
	     from a previous function.  */
	  while (linetable->item[idx].pc != prologue_sal.pc
		 || linetable->item[idx].line == 0)
	    idx++;

	  if (idx+1 < linetable->nitems
	      && linetable->item[idx+1].line != 0
	      && linetable->item[idx+1].pc == start_pc)
	    return start_pc;
	}

      /* If there is only one sal that covers the entire function,
	 then it is probably a single line function, like
	 "foo(){}". */
      if (prologue_sal.end >= end_pc)
	return 0;

      while (prologue_sal.end < end_pc)
	{
	  struct symtab_and_line sal;

	  sal = find_pc_line (prologue_sal.end, 0);
	  if (sal.line == 0)
	    break;
	  /* Assume that a consecutive SAL for the same (or larger)
	     line mark the prologue -> body transition.  */
	  if (sal.line >= prologue_sal.line)
	    break;

	  /* The line number is smaller.  Check that it's from the
	     same function, not something inlined.  If it's inlined,
	     then there is no point comparing the line numbers.  */
	  bl = block_for_pc (prologue_sal.end);
	  while (bl)
	    {
	      if (block_inlined_p (bl))
		break;
	      if (BLOCK_FUNCTION (bl))
		{
		  bl = NULL;
		  break;
		}
	      bl = BLOCK_SUPERBLOCK (bl);
	    }
	  if (bl != NULL)
	    break;

	  /* The case in which compiler's optimizer/scheduler has
	     moved instructions into the prologue.  We look ahead in
	     the function looking for address ranges whose
	     corresponding line number is less the first one that we
	     found for the function.  This is more conservative then
	     refine_prologue_limit which scans a large number of SALs
	     looking for any in the prologue */
	  prologue_sal = sal;
	}
    }

  if (prologue_sal.end < end_pc)
    /* Return the end of this line, or zero if we could not find a
       line.  */
    return prologue_sal.end;
  else
    /* Don't return END_PC, which is past the end of the function.  */
    return prologue_sal.pc;
}

struct symtabs_and_lines
decode_line_spec (char *string, int funfirstline)
{
  struct symtabs_and_lines sals;
  struct symtab_and_line cursal;

  if (string == 0)
    error (_("Empty line specification."));

  /* We use whatever is set as the current source line. We do not try
     and get a default  or it will recursively call us! */
  cursal = get_current_source_symtab_and_line ();

  sals = decode_line_1 (&string, funfirstline,
			cursal.symtab, cursal.line,
			(char ***) NULL, NULL);

  if (*string)
    error (_("Junk at end of line specification: %s"), string);
  return sals;
}

/* Track MAIN */
static char *name_of_main;

void
set_main_name (const char *name)
{
  if (name_of_main != NULL)
    {
      xfree (name_of_main);
      name_of_main = NULL;
    }
  if (name != NULL)
    {
      name_of_main = xstrdup (name);
    }
}

/* Deduce the name of the main procedure, and set NAME_OF_MAIN
   accordingly.  */

static void
find_main_name (void)
{
  const char *new_main_name;

  /* Try to see if the main procedure is in Ada.  */
  /* FIXME: brobecker/2005-03-07: Another way of doing this would
     be to add a new method in the language vector, and call this
     method for each language until one of them returns a non-empty
     name.  This would allow us to remove this hard-coded call to
     an Ada function.  It is not clear that this is a better approach
     at this point, because all methods need to be written in a way
     such that false positives never be returned. For instance, it is
     important that a method does not return a wrong name for the main
     procedure if the main procedure is actually written in a different
     language.  It is easy to guaranty this with Ada, since we use a
     special symbol generated only when the main in Ada to find the name
     of the main procedure. It is difficult however to see how this can
     be guarantied for languages such as C, for instance.  This suggests
     that order of call for these methods becomes important, which means
     a more complicated approach.  */
  new_main_name = ada_main_name ();
  if (new_main_name != NULL)
    {
      set_main_name (new_main_name);
      return;
    }

  new_main_name = pascal_main_name ();
  if (new_main_name != NULL)
    {
      set_main_name (new_main_name);
      return;
    }

  /* The languages above didn't identify the name of the main procedure.
     Fallback to "main".  */
  set_main_name ("main");
}

char *
main_name (void)
{
  if (name_of_main == NULL)
    find_main_name ();

  return name_of_main;
}

/* Handle ``executable_changed'' events for the symtab module.  */

static void
symtab_observer_executable_changed (void)
{
  /* NAME_OF_MAIN may no longer be the same, so reset it for now.  */
  set_main_name (NULL);
}

/* Helper to expand_line_sal below.  Appends new sal to SAL,
   initializing it from SYMTAB, LINENO and PC.  */
static void
append_expanded_sal (struct symtabs_and_lines *sal,
		     struct program_space *pspace,
		     struct symtab *symtab,
		     int lineno, CORE_ADDR pc)
{
  sal->sals = xrealloc (sal->sals,
			sizeof (sal->sals[0])
			* (sal->nelts + 1));
  init_sal (sal->sals + sal->nelts);
  sal->sals[sal->nelts].pspace = pspace;
  sal->sals[sal->nelts].symtab = symtab;
  sal->sals[sal->nelts].section = NULL;
  sal->sals[sal->nelts].end = 0;
  sal->sals[sal->nelts].line = lineno;
  sal->sals[sal->nelts].pc = pc;
  ++sal->nelts;
}

/* Helper to expand_line_sal below.  Search in the symtabs for any
   linetable entry that exactly matches FULLNAME and LINENO and append
   them to RET.  If FULLNAME is NULL or if a symtab has no full name,
   use FILENAME and LINENO instead.  If there is at least one match,
   return 1; otherwise, return 0, and return the best choice in BEST_ITEM
   and BEST_SYMTAB.  */

static int
append_exact_match_to_sals (char *filename, char *fullname, int lineno,
			    struct symtabs_and_lines *ret,
			    struct linetable_entry **best_item,
			    struct symtab **best_symtab)
{
  struct program_space *pspace;
  struct objfile *objfile;
  struct symtab *symtab;
  int exact = 0;
  int j;
  *best_item = 0;
  *best_symtab = 0;

  ALL_PSPACES (pspace)
    ALL_PSPACE_SYMTABS (pspace, objfile, symtab)
    {
      if (FILENAME_CMP (filename, symtab->filename) == 0)
	{
	  struct linetable *l;
	  int len;

	  if (fullname != NULL
	      && symtab_to_fullname (symtab) != NULL
    	      && FILENAME_CMP (fullname, symtab->fullname) != 0)
    	    continue;		  
	  l = LINETABLE (symtab);
	  if (!l)
	    continue;
	  len = l->nitems;

	  for (j = 0; j < len; j++)
	    {
	      struct linetable_entry *item = &(l->item[j]);

	      if (item->line == lineno)
		{
		  exact = 1;
		  append_expanded_sal (ret, objfile->pspace,
				       symtab, lineno, item->pc);
		}
	      else if (!exact && item->line > lineno
		       && (*best_item == NULL
			   || item->line < (*best_item)->line))
		{
		  *best_item = item;
		  *best_symtab = symtab;
		}
	    }
	}
    }
  return exact;
}

/* Compute a set of all sals in all program spaces that correspond to
   same file and line as SAL and return those.  If there are several
   sals that belong to the same block, only one sal for the block is
   included in results.  */

struct symtabs_and_lines
expand_line_sal (struct symtab_and_line sal)
{
  struct symtabs_and_lines ret;
  int i, j;
  struct objfile *objfile;
  int lineno;
  int deleted = 0;
  struct block **blocks = NULL;
  int *filter;
  struct cleanup *old_chain;

  ret.nelts = 0;
  ret.sals = NULL;

  /* Only expand sals that represent file.c:line.  */
  if (sal.symtab == NULL || sal.line == 0 || sal.pc != 0)
    {
      ret.sals = xmalloc (sizeof (struct symtab_and_line));
      ret.sals[0] = sal;
      ret.nelts = 1;
      return ret;
    }
  else
    {
      struct program_space *pspace;
      struct linetable_entry *best_item = 0;
      struct symtab *best_symtab = 0;
      int exact = 0;
      char *match_filename;

      lineno = sal.line;
      match_filename = sal.symtab->filename;

      /* We need to find all symtabs for a file which name
	 is described by sal.  We cannot just directly
	 iterate over symtabs, since a symtab might not be
	 yet created.  We also cannot iterate over psymtabs,
	 calling PSYMTAB_TO_SYMTAB and working on that symtab,
	 since PSYMTAB_TO_SYMTAB will return NULL for psymtab
	 corresponding to an included file.  Therefore, we do
	 first pass over psymtabs, reading in those with
	 the right name.  Then, we iterate over symtabs, knowing
	 that all symtabs we're interested in are loaded.  */

      old_chain = save_current_program_space ();
      ALL_PSPACES (pspace)
      {
	set_current_program_space (pspace);
	ALL_PSPACE_OBJFILES (pspace, objfile)
	{
	  if (objfile->sf)
	    objfile->sf->qf->expand_symtabs_with_filename (objfile,
							   sal.symtab->filename);
	}
      }
      do_cleanups (old_chain);

      /* Now search the symtab for exact matches and append them.  If
	 none is found, append the best_item and all its exact
	 matches.  */
      symtab_to_fullname (sal.symtab);
      exact = append_exact_match_to_sals (sal.symtab->filename,
					  sal.symtab->fullname, lineno,
					  &ret, &best_item, &best_symtab);
      if (!exact && best_item)
	append_exact_match_to_sals (best_symtab->filename,
				    best_symtab->fullname, best_item->line,
				    &ret, &best_item, &best_symtab);
    }

  /* For optimized code, compiler can scatter one source line accross
     disjoint ranges of PC values, even when no duplicate functions
     or inline functions are involved.  For example, 'for (;;)' inside
     non-template non-inline non-ctor-or-dtor function can result
     in two PC ranges.  In this case, we don't want to set breakpoint
     on first PC of each range.  To filter such cases, we use containing
     blocks -- for each PC found above we see if there are other PCs
     that are in the same block.  If yes, the other PCs are filtered out.  */

  old_chain = save_current_program_space ();
  filter = alloca (ret.nelts * sizeof (int));
  blocks = alloca (ret.nelts * sizeof (struct block *));
  for (i = 0; i < ret.nelts; ++i)
    {
      set_current_program_space (ret.sals[i].pspace);

      filter[i] = 1;
      blocks[i] = block_for_pc_sect (ret.sals[i].pc, ret.sals[i].section);

    }
  do_cleanups (old_chain);

  for (i = 0; i < ret.nelts; ++i)
    if (blocks[i] != NULL)
      for (j = i+1; j < ret.nelts; ++j)
	if (blocks[j] == blocks[i])
	  {
	    filter[j] = 0;
	    ++deleted;
	    break;
	  }

  {
    struct symtab_and_line *final =
      xmalloc (sizeof (struct symtab_and_line) * (ret.nelts-deleted));

    for (i = 0, j = 0; i < ret.nelts; ++i)
      if (filter[i])
	final[j++] = ret.sals[i];

    ret.nelts -= deleted;
    xfree (ret.sals);
    ret.sals = final;
  }

  return ret;
}

/* Return 1 if the supplied producer string matches the ARM RealView
   compiler (armcc).  */

int
producer_is_realview (const char *producer)
{
  static const char *const arm_idents[] = {
    "ARM C Compiler, ADS",
    "Thumb C Compiler, ADS",
    "ARM C++ Compiler, ADS",
    "Thumb C++ Compiler, ADS",
    "ARM/Thumb C/C++ Compiler, RVCT",
    "ARM C/C++ Compiler, RVCT"
  };
  int i;

  if (producer == NULL)
    return 0;

  for (i = 0; i < ARRAY_SIZE (arm_idents); i++)
    if (strncmp (producer, arm_idents[i], strlen (arm_idents[i])) == 0)
      return 1;

  return 0;
}

void
_initialize_symtab (void)
{
  add_info ("variables", variables_info, _("\
All global and static variable names, or those matching REGEXP."));
  if (dbx_commands)
    add_com ("whereis", class_info, variables_info, _("\
All global and static variable names, or those matching REGEXP."));

  add_info ("functions", functions_info,
	    _("All function names, or those matching REGEXP."));

  /* FIXME:  This command has at least the following problems:
     1.  It prints builtin types (in a very strange and confusing fashion).
     2.  It doesn't print right, e.g. with
     typedef struct foo *FOO
     type_print prints "FOO" when we want to make it (in this situation)
     print "struct foo *".
     I also think "ptype" or "whatis" is more likely to be useful (but if
     there is much disagreement "info types" can be fixed).  */
  add_info ("types", types_info,
	    _("All type names, or those matching REGEXP."));

  add_info ("sources", sources_info,
	    _("Source files in the program."));

  add_com ("rbreak", class_breakpoint, rbreak_command,
	   _("Set a breakpoint for all functions matching REGEXP."));

  if (xdb_commands)
    {
      add_com ("lf", class_info, sources_info,
	       _("Source files in the program"));
      add_com ("lg", class_info, variables_info, _("\
All global and static variable names, or those matching REGEXP."));
    }

  add_setshow_enum_cmd ("multiple-symbols", no_class,
                        multiple_symbols_modes, &multiple_symbols_mode,
                        _("\
Set the debugger behavior when more than one symbol are possible matches\n\
in an expression."), _("\
Show how the debugger handles ambiguities in expressions."), _("\
Valid values are \"ask\", \"all\", \"cancel\", and the default is \"all\"."),
                        NULL, NULL, &setlist, &showlist);

  observer_attach_executable_changed (symtab_observer_executable_changed);
}
n> if (edir->elf.dynindx != -1) _bfd_elf_strtab_delref (elf_hash_table (info)->dynstr, edir->elf.dynstr_index); edir->elf.dynindx = eind->elf.dynindx; edir->elf.dynstr_index = eind->elf.dynstr_index; eind->elf.dynindx = -1; eind->elf.dynstr_index = 0; } } /* Hook called by the linker routine which adds symbols from an object file. We use it to put .comm items in .sbss, and not .bss. */ static bfd_boolean ppc_elf_add_symbol_hook (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info, Elf_Internal_Sym *sym, const char **namep ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, flagword *flagsp ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, asection **secp, bfd_vma *valp) { if (sym->st_shndx == SHN_COMMON && !info->relocatable && is_ppc_elf (info->output_bfd) && sym->st_size <= elf_gp_size (abfd)) { /* Common symbols less than or equal to -G nn bytes are automatically put into .sbss. */ struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab; htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (info); if (htab->sbss == NULL) { flagword flags = SEC_IS_COMMON | SEC_LINKER_CREATED; if (!htab->elf.dynobj) htab->elf.dynobj = abfd; htab->sbss = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (htab->elf.dynobj, ".sbss", flags); if (htab->sbss == NULL) return FALSE; } *secp = htab->sbss; *valp = sym->st_size; } if ((abfd->flags & DYNAMIC) == 0 && (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym->st_info) == STT_GNU_IFUNC || ELF_ST_BIND (sym->st_info) == STB_GNU_UNIQUE)) elf_tdata (info->output_bfd)->has_gnu_symbols = TRUE; return TRUE; } static bfd_boolean create_sdata_sym (struct bfd_link_info *info, elf_linker_section_t *lsect) { struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (info); lsect->sym = elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab->elf, lsect->sym_name, TRUE, FALSE, TRUE); if (lsect->sym == NULL) return FALSE; if (lsect->sym->root.type == bfd_link_hash_new) lsect->sym->non_elf = 0; lsect->sym->ref_regular = 1; _bfd_elf_link_hash_hide_symbol (info, lsect->sym, TRUE); return TRUE; } /* Create a special linker section. */ static bfd_boolean ppc_elf_create_linker_section (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info, flagword flags, elf_linker_section_t *lsect) { struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (info); asection *s; flags |= (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_IN_MEMORY | SEC_LINKER_CREATED); /* Record the first bfd that needs the special sections. */ if (!htab->elf.dynobj) htab->elf.dynobj = abfd; s = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (htab->elf.dynobj, lsect->name, flags); if (s == NULL || !bfd_set_section_alignment (htab->elf.dynobj, s, 2)) return FALSE; lsect->section = s; return create_sdata_sym (info, lsect); } /* Find a linker generated pointer with a given addend and type. */ static elf_linker_section_pointers_t * elf_find_pointer_linker_section (elf_linker_section_pointers_t *linker_pointers, bfd_vma addend, elf_linker_section_t *lsect) { for ( ; linker_pointers != NULL; linker_pointers = linker_pointers->next) if (lsect == linker_pointers->lsect && addend == linker_pointers->addend) return linker_pointers; return NULL; } /* Allocate a pointer to live in a linker created section. */ static bfd_boolean elf_create_pointer_linker_section (bfd *abfd, elf_linker_section_t *lsect, struct elf_link_hash_entry *h, const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel) { elf_linker_section_pointers_t **ptr_linker_section_ptr = NULL; elf_linker_section_pointers_t *linker_section_ptr; unsigned long r_symndx = ELF32_R_SYM (rel->r_info); bfd_size_type amt; BFD_ASSERT (lsect != NULL); /* Is this a global symbol? */ if (h != NULL) { struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry *eh; /* Has this symbol already been allocated? If so, our work is done. */ eh = (struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry *) h; if (elf_find_pointer_linker_section (eh->linker_section_pointer, rel->r_addend, lsect)) return TRUE; ptr_linker_section_ptr = &eh->linker_section_pointer; } else { BFD_ASSERT (is_ppc_elf (abfd)); /* Allocation of a pointer to a local symbol. */ elf_linker_section_pointers_t **ptr = elf_local_ptr_offsets (abfd); /* Allocate a table to hold the local symbols if first time. */ if (!ptr) { unsigned int num_symbols = elf_symtab_hdr (abfd).sh_info; amt = num_symbols; amt *= sizeof (elf_linker_section_pointers_t *); ptr = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt); if (!ptr) return FALSE; elf_local_ptr_offsets (abfd) = ptr; } /* Has this symbol already been allocated? If so, our work is done. */ if (elf_find_pointer_linker_section (ptr[r_symndx], rel->r_addend, lsect)) return TRUE; ptr_linker_section_ptr = &ptr[r_symndx]; } /* Allocate space for a pointer in the linker section, and allocate a new pointer record from internal memory. */ BFD_ASSERT (ptr_linker_section_ptr != NULL); amt = sizeof (elf_linker_section_pointers_t); linker_section_ptr = bfd_alloc (abfd, amt); if (!linker_section_ptr) return FALSE; linker_section_ptr->next = *ptr_linker_section_ptr; linker_section_ptr->addend = rel->r_addend; linker_section_ptr->lsect = lsect; *ptr_linker_section_ptr = linker_section_ptr; linker_section_ptr->offset = lsect->section->size; lsect->section->size += 4; #ifdef DEBUG fprintf (stderr, "Create pointer in linker section %s, offset = %ld, section size = %ld\n", lsect->name, (long) linker_section_ptr->offset, (long) lsect->section->size); #endif return TRUE; } static struct plt_entry ** update_local_sym_info (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr, unsigned long r_symndx, int tls_type) { bfd_signed_vma *local_got_refcounts = elf_local_got_refcounts (abfd); struct plt_entry **local_plt; char *local_got_tls_masks; if (local_got_refcounts == NULL) { bfd_size_type size = symtab_hdr->sh_info; size *= (sizeof (*local_got_refcounts) + sizeof (*local_plt) + sizeof (*local_got_tls_masks)); local_got_refcounts = bfd_zalloc (abfd, size); if (local_got_refcounts == NULL) return NULL; elf_local_got_refcounts (abfd) = local_got_refcounts; } local_plt = (struct plt_entry **) (local_got_refcounts + symtab_hdr->sh_info); local_got_tls_masks = (char *) (local_plt + symtab_hdr->sh_info); local_got_tls_masks[r_symndx] |= tls_type; if (tls_type != PLT_IFUNC) local_got_refcounts[r_symndx] += 1; return local_plt + r_symndx; } static bfd_boolean update_plt_info (bfd *abfd, struct plt_entry **plist, asection *sec, bfd_vma addend) { struct plt_entry *ent; if (addend < 32768) sec = NULL; for (ent = *plist; ent != NULL; ent = ent->next) if (ent->sec == sec && ent->addend == addend) break; if (ent == NULL) { bfd_size_type amt = sizeof (*ent); ent = bfd_alloc (abfd, amt); if (ent == NULL) return FALSE; ent->next = *plist; ent->sec = sec; ent->addend = addend; ent->plt.refcount = 0; *plist = ent; } ent->plt.refcount += 1; return TRUE; } static struct plt_entry * find_plt_ent (struct plt_entry **plist, asection *sec, bfd_vma addend) { struct plt_entry *ent; if (addend < 32768) sec = NULL; for (ent = *plist; ent != NULL; ent = ent->next) if (ent->sec == sec && ent->addend == addend) break; return ent; } static bfd_boolean is_branch_reloc (enum elf_ppc_reloc_type r_type) { return (r_type == R_PPC_PLTREL24 || r_type == R_PPC_LOCAL24PC || r_type == R_PPC_REL24 || r_type == R_PPC_REL14 || r_type == R_PPC_REL14_BRTAKEN || r_type == R_PPC_REL14_BRNTAKEN || r_type == R_PPC_ADDR24 || r_type == R_PPC_ADDR14 || r_type == R_PPC_ADDR14_BRTAKEN || r_type == R_PPC_ADDR14_BRNTAKEN); } static void bad_shared_reloc (bfd *abfd, enum elf_ppc_reloc_type r_type) { (*_bfd_error_handler) (_("%B: relocation %s cannot be used when making a shared object"), abfd, ppc_elf_howto_table[r_type]->name); bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value); } /* Look through the relocs for a section during the first phase, and allocate space in the global offset table or procedure linkage table. */ static bfd_boolean ppc_elf_check_relocs (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info, asection *sec, const Elf_Internal_Rela *relocs) { struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab; Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr; struct elf_link_hash_entry **sym_hashes; const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel; const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel_end; asection *got2, *sreloc; struct elf_link_hash_entry *tga; if (info->relocatable) return TRUE; /* Don't do anything special with non-loaded, non-alloced sections. In particular, any relocs in such sections should not affect GOT and PLT reference counting (ie. we don't allow them to create GOT or PLT entries), there's no possibility or desire to optimize TLS relocs, and there's not much point in propagating relocs to shared libs that the dynamic linker won't relocate. */ if ((sec->flags & SEC_ALLOC) == 0) return TRUE; #ifdef DEBUG _bfd_error_handler ("ppc_elf_check_relocs called for section %A in %B", sec, abfd); #endif BFD_ASSERT (is_ppc_elf (abfd)); /* Initialize howto table if not already done. */ if (!ppc_elf_howto_table[R_PPC_ADDR32]) ppc_elf_howto_init (); htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (info); if (htab->glink == NULL) { if (htab->elf.dynobj == NULL) htab->elf.dynobj = abfd; if (!ppc_elf_create_glink (htab->elf.dynobj, info)) return FALSE; } tga = elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab->elf, "__tls_get_addr", FALSE, FALSE, TRUE); symtab_hdr = &elf_symtab_hdr (abfd); sym_hashes = elf_sym_hashes (abfd); got2 = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".got2"); sreloc = NULL; rel_end = relocs + sec->reloc_count; for (rel = relocs; rel < rel_end; rel++) { unsigned long r_symndx; enum elf_ppc_reloc_type r_type; struct elf_link_hash_entry *h; int tls_type; r_symndx = ELF32_R_SYM (rel->r_info); if (r_symndx < symtab_hdr->sh_info) h = NULL; else { h = sym_hashes[r_symndx - symtab_hdr->sh_info]; while (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning) h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.u.i.link; } /* If a relocation refers to _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_, create the .got. This shows up in particular in an R_PPC_ADDR32 in the eabi startup code. */ if (h != NULL && htab->got == NULL && strcmp (h->root.root.string, "_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_") == 0) { if (htab->elf.dynobj == NULL) htab->elf.dynobj = abfd; if (!ppc_elf_create_got (htab->elf.dynobj, info)) return FALSE; BFD_ASSERT (h == htab->elf.hgot); } tls_type = 0; r_type = ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info); if (h == NULL && !htab->is_vxworks) { Elf_Internal_Sym *isym = bfd_sym_from_r_symndx (&htab->sym_cache, abfd, r_symndx); if (isym == NULL) return FALSE; if (ELF_ST_TYPE (isym->st_info) == STT_GNU_IFUNC && (!info->shared || is_branch_reloc (r_type))) { struct plt_entry **ifunc; bfd_vma addend; ifunc = update_local_sym_info (abfd, symtab_hdr, r_symndx, PLT_IFUNC); if (ifunc == NULL) return FALSE; /* STT_GNU_IFUNC symbols must have a PLT entry; In a non-pie executable even when there are no plt calls. */ addend = 0; if (r_type == R_PPC_PLTREL24) { ppc_elf_tdata (abfd)->makes_plt_call = 1; if (info->shared) addend = rel->r_addend; } if (!update_plt_info (abfd, ifunc, got2, addend)) return FALSE; } } if (!htab->is_vxworks && is_branch_reloc (r_type) && h != NULL && h == tga) { if (rel != relocs && (ELF32_R_TYPE (rel[-1].r_info) == R_PPC_TLSGD || ELF32_R_TYPE (rel[-1].r_info) == R_PPC_TLSLD)) /* We have a new-style __tls_get_addr call with a marker reloc. */ ; else /* Mark this section as having an old-style call. */ sec->has_tls_get_addr_call = 1; } switch (r_type) { case R_PPC_TLSGD: case R_PPC_TLSLD: /* These special tls relocs tie a call to __tls_get_addr with its parameter symbol. */ break; case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16: case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_LO: case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HI: case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HA: tls_type = TLS_TLS | TLS_LD; goto dogottls; case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16: case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_LO: case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HI: case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HA: tls_type = TLS_TLS | TLS_GD; goto dogottls; case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16: case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_LO: case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HI: case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HA: if (!info->executable) info->flags |= DF_STATIC_TLS; tls_type = TLS_TLS | TLS_TPREL; goto dogottls; case R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16: case R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_LO: case R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_HI: case R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_HA: tls_type = TLS_TLS | TLS_DTPREL; dogottls: sec->has_tls_reloc = 1; /* Fall thru */ /* GOT16 relocations */ case R_PPC_GOT16: case R_PPC_GOT16_LO: case R_PPC_GOT16_HI: case R_PPC_GOT16_HA: /* This symbol requires a global offset table entry. */ if (htab->got == NULL) { if (htab->elf.dynobj == NULL) htab->elf.dynobj = abfd; if (!ppc_elf_create_got (htab->elf.dynobj, info)) return FALSE; } if (h != NULL) { h->got.refcount += 1; ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->tls_mask |= tls_type; } else /* This is a global offset table entry for a local symbol. */ if (!update_local_sym_info (abfd, symtab_hdr, r_symndx, tls_type)) return FALSE; /* We may also need a plt entry if the symbol turns out to be an ifunc. */ if (h != NULL && !info->shared) { if (!update_plt_info (abfd, &h->plt.plist, NULL, 0)) return FALSE; } break; /* Indirect .sdata relocation. */ case R_PPC_EMB_SDAI16: if (info->shared) { bad_shared_reloc (abfd, r_type); return FALSE; } if (htab->sdata[0].section == NULL && !ppc_elf_create_linker_section (abfd, info, 0, &htab->sdata[0])) return FALSE; if (!elf_create_pointer_linker_section (abfd, &htab->sdata[0], h, rel)) return FALSE; if (h != NULL) { ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->has_sda_refs = TRUE; h->non_got_ref = TRUE; } break; /* Indirect .sdata2 relocation. */ case R_PPC_EMB_SDA2I16: if (info->shared) { bad_shared_reloc (abfd, r_type); return FALSE; } if (htab->sdata[1].section == NULL && !ppc_elf_create_linker_section (abfd, info, SEC_READONLY, &htab->sdata[1])) return FALSE; if (!elf_create_pointer_linker_section (abfd, &htab->sdata[1], h, rel)) return FALSE; if (h != NULL) { ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->has_sda_refs = TRUE; h->non_got_ref = TRUE; } break; case R_PPC_SDAREL16: if (htab->sdata[0].sym == NULL && !create_sdata_sym (info, &htab->sdata[0])) return FALSE; if (h != NULL) { ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->has_sda_refs = TRUE; h->non_got_ref = TRUE; } break; case R_PPC_EMB_SDA2REL: if (info->shared) { bad_shared_reloc (abfd, r_type); return FALSE; } if (htab->sdata[1].sym == NULL && !create_sdata_sym (info, &htab->sdata[1])) return FALSE; if (h != NULL) { ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->has_sda_refs = TRUE; h->non_got_ref = TRUE; } break; case R_PPC_EMB_SDA21: case R_PPC_EMB_RELSDA: if (info->shared) { bad_shared_reloc (abfd, r_type); return FALSE; } if (htab->sdata[0].sym == NULL && !create_sdata_sym (info, &htab->sdata[0])) return FALSE; if (htab->sdata[1].sym == NULL && !create_sdata_sym (info, &htab->sdata[1])) return FALSE; if (h != NULL) { ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->has_sda_refs = TRUE; h->non_got_ref = TRUE; } break; case R_PPC_EMB_NADDR32: case R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16: case R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_LO: case R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_HI: case R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_HA: if (info->shared) { bad_shared_reloc (abfd, r_type); return FALSE; } if (h != NULL) h->non_got_ref = TRUE; break; case R_PPC_PLTREL24: if (h == NULL) break; /* Fall through */ case R_PPC_PLT32: case R_PPC_PLTREL32: case R_PPC_PLT16_LO: case R_PPC_PLT16_HI: case R_PPC_PLT16_HA: #ifdef DEBUG fprintf (stderr, "Reloc requires a PLT entry\n"); #endif /* This symbol requires a procedure linkage table entry. We actually build the entry in finish_dynamic_symbol, because this might be a case of linking PIC code without linking in any dynamic objects, in which case we don't need to generate a procedure linkage table after all. */ if (h == NULL) { /* It does not make sense to have a procedure linkage table entry for a local symbol. */ info->callbacks->einfo (_("%H: %s reloc against local symbol\n"), abfd, sec, rel->r_offset, ppc_elf_howto_table[r_type]->name); bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value); return FALSE; } else { bfd_vma addend = 0; if (r_type == R_PPC_PLTREL24) { ppc_elf_tdata (abfd)->makes_plt_call = 1; if (info->shared) addend = rel->r_addend; } h->needs_plt = 1; if (!update_plt_info (abfd, &h->plt.plist, got2, addend)) return FALSE; } break; /* The following relocations don't need to propagate the relocation if linking a shared object since they are section relative. */ case R_PPC_SECTOFF: case R_PPC_SECTOFF_LO: case R_PPC_SECTOFF_HI: case R_PPC_SECTOFF_HA: case R_PPC_DTPREL16: case R_PPC_DTPREL16_LO: case R_PPC_DTPREL16_HI: case R_PPC_DTPREL16_HA: case R_PPC_TOC16: break; case R_PPC_REL16: case R_PPC_REL16_LO: case R_PPC_REL16_HI: case R_PPC_REL16_HA: ppc_elf_tdata (abfd)->has_rel16 = 1; break; /* These are just markers. */ case R_PPC_TLS: case R_PPC_EMB_MRKREF: case R_PPC_NONE: case R_PPC_max: case R_PPC_RELAX: case R_PPC_RELAX_PLT: case R_PPC_RELAX_PLTREL24: break; /* These should only appear in dynamic objects. */ case R_PPC_COPY: case R_PPC_GLOB_DAT: case R_PPC_JMP_SLOT: case R_PPC_RELATIVE: case R_PPC_IRELATIVE: break; /* These aren't handled yet. We'll report an error later. */ case R_PPC_ADDR30: case R_PPC_EMB_RELSEC16: case R_PPC_EMB_RELST_LO: case R_PPC_EMB_RELST_HI: case R_PPC_EMB_RELST_HA: case R_PPC_EMB_BIT_FLD: break; /* This refers only to functions defined in the shared library. */ case R_PPC_LOCAL24PC: if (h != NULL && h == htab->elf.hgot && htab->plt_type == PLT_UNSET) { htab->plt_type = PLT_OLD; htab->old_bfd = abfd; } break; /* This relocation describes the C++ object vtable hierarchy. Reconstruct it for later use during GC. */ case R_PPC_GNU_VTINHERIT: if (!bfd_elf_gc_record_vtinherit (abfd, sec, h, rel->r_offset)) return FALSE; break; /* This relocation describes which C++ vtable entries are actually used. Record for later use during GC. */ case R_PPC_GNU_VTENTRY: BFD_ASSERT (h != NULL); if (h != NULL && !bfd_elf_gc_record_vtentry (abfd, sec, h, rel->r_addend)) return FALSE; break; /* We shouldn't really be seeing these. */ case R_PPC_TPREL32: case R_PPC_TPREL16: case R_PPC_TPREL16_LO: case R_PPC_TPREL16_HI: case R_PPC_TPREL16_HA: if (!info->executable) info->flags |= DF_STATIC_TLS; goto dodyn; /* Nor these. */ case R_PPC_DTPMOD32: case R_PPC_DTPREL32: goto dodyn; case R_PPC_REL32: if (h == NULL && got2 != NULL && (sec->flags & SEC_CODE) != 0 && info->shared && htab->plt_type == PLT_UNSET) { /* Old -fPIC gcc code has .long LCTOC1-LCFx just before the start of a function, which assembles to a REL32 reference to .got2. If we detect one of these, then force the old PLT layout because the linker cannot reliably deduce the GOT pointer value needed for PLT call stubs. */ asection *s; Elf_Internal_Sym *isym; isym = bfd_sym_from_r_symndx (&htab->sym_cache, abfd, r_symndx); if (isym == NULL) return FALSE; s = bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd, isym->st_shndx); if (s == got2) { htab->plt_type = PLT_OLD; htab->old_bfd = abfd; } } if (h == NULL || h == htab->elf.hgot) break; /* fall through */ case R_PPC_ADDR32: case R_PPC_ADDR16: case R_PPC_ADDR16_LO: case R_PPC_ADDR16_HI: case R_PPC_ADDR16_HA: case R_PPC_UADDR32: case R_PPC_UADDR16: if (h != NULL && !info->shared) { /* We may need a plt entry if the symbol turns out to be a function defined in a dynamic object. */ if (!update_plt_info (abfd, &h->plt.plist, NULL, 0)) return FALSE; /* We may need a copy reloc too. */ h->non_got_ref = 1; h->pointer_equality_needed = 1; } goto dodyn; case R_PPC_REL24: case R_PPC_REL14: case R_PPC_REL14_BRTAKEN: case R_PPC_REL14_BRNTAKEN: if (h == NULL) break; if (h == htab->elf.hgot) { if (htab->plt_type == PLT_UNSET) { htab->plt_type = PLT_OLD; htab->old_bfd = abfd; } break; } /* fall through */ case R_PPC_ADDR24: case R_PPC_ADDR14: case R_PPC_ADDR14_BRTAKEN: case R_PPC_ADDR14_BRNTAKEN: if (h != NULL && !info->shared) { /* We may need a plt entry if the symbol turns out to be a function defined in a dynamic object. */ h->needs_plt = 1; if (!update_plt_info (abfd, &h->plt.plist, NULL, 0)) return FALSE; break; } dodyn: /* If we are creating a shared library, and this is a reloc against a global symbol, or a non PC relative reloc against a local symbol, then we need to copy the reloc into the shared library. However, if we are linking with -Bsymbolic, we do not need to copy a reloc against a global symbol which is defined in an object we are including in the link (i.e., DEF_REGULAR is set). At this point we have not seen all the input files, so it is possible that DEF_REGULAR is not set now but will be set later (it is never cleared). In case of a weak definition, DEF_REGULAR may be cleared later by a strong definition in a shared library. We account for that possibility below by storing information in the dyn_relocs field of the hash table entry. A similar situation occurs when creating shared libraries and symbol visibility changes render the symbol local. If on the other hand, we are creating an executable, we may need to keep relocations for symbols satisfied by a dynamic library if we manage to avoid copy relocs for the symbol. */ if ((info->shared && (must_be_dyn_reloc (info, r_type) || (h != NULL && (! info->symbolic || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak || !h->def_regular)))) || (ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS && !info->shared && h != NULL && (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak || !h->def_regular))) { struct elf_dyn_relocs *p; struct elf_dyn_relocs **rel_head; #ifdef DEBUG fprintf (stderr, "ppc_elf_check_relocs needs to " "create relocation for %s\n", (h && h->root.root.string ? h->root.root.string : "<unknown>")); #endif if (sreloc == NULL) { if (htab->elf.dynobj == NULL) htab->elf.dynobj = abfd; sreloc = _bfd_elf_make_dynamic_reloc_section (sec, htab->elf.dynobj, 2, abfd, /*rela?*/ TRUE); if (sreloc == NULL) return FALSE; } /* If this is a global symbol, we count the number of relocations we need for this symbol. */ if (h != NULL) { rel_head = &ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->dyn_relocs; } else { /* Track dynamic relocs needed for local syms too. We really need local syms available to do this easily. Oh well. */ asection *s; void *vpp; Elf_Internal_Sym *isym; isym = bfd_sym_from_r_symndx (&htab->sym_cache, abfd, r_symndx); if (isym == NULL) return FALSE; s = bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd, isym->st_shndx); if (s == NULL) s = sec; vpp = &elf_section_data (s)->local_dynrel; rel_head = (struct elf_dyn_relocs **) vpp; } p = *rel_head; if (p == NULL || p->sec != sec) { p = bfd_alloc (htab->elf.dynobj, sizeof *p); if (p == NULL) return FALSE; p->next = *rel_head; *rel_head = p; p->sec = sec; p->count = 0; p->pc_count = 0; } p->count += 1; if (!must_be_dyn_reloc (info, r_type)) p->pc_count += 1; } break; } } return TRUE; } /* Merge object attributes from IBFD into OBFD. Raise an error if there are conflicting attributes. */ static bfd_boolean ppc_elf_merge_obj_attributes (bfd *ibfd, bfd *obfd) { obj_attribute *in_attr, *in_attrs; obj_attribute *out_attr, *out_attrs; if (!elf_known_obj_attributes_proc (obfd)[0].i) { /* This is the first object. Copy the attributes. */ _bfd_elf_copy_obj_attributes (ibfd, obfd); /* Use the Tag_null value to indicate the attributes have been initialized. */ elf_known_obj_attributes_proc (obfd)[0].i = 1; return TRUE; } in_attrs = elf_known_obj_attributes (ibfd)[OBJ_ATTR_GNU]; out_attrs = elf_known_obj_attributes (obfd)[OBJ_ATTR_GNU]; /* Check for conflicting Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_FP attributes and merge non-conflicting ones. */ in_attr = &in_attrs[Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_FP]; out_attr = &out_attrs[Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_FP]; if (in_attr->i != out_attr->i) { out_attr->type = 1; if (out_attr->i == 0) out_attr->i = in_attr->i; else if (in_attr->i == 0) ; else if (out_attr->i == 1 && in_attr->i == 2) _bfd_error_handler (_("Warning: %B uses hard float, %B uses soft float"), obfd, ibfd); else if (out_attr->i == 1 && in_attr->i == 3) _bfd_error_handler (_("Warning: %B uses double-precision hard float, %B uses single-precision hard float"), obfd, ibfd); else if (out_attr->i == 3 && in_attr->i == 1) _bfd_error_handler (_("Warning: %B uses double-precision hard float, %B uses single-precision hard float"), ibfd, obfd); else if (out_attr->i == 3 && in_attr->i == 2) _bfd_error_handler (_("Warning: %B uses soft float, %B uses single-precision hard float"), ibfd, obfd); else if (out_attr->i == 2 && (in_attr->i == 1 || in_attr->i == 3)) _bfd_error_handler (_("Warning: %B uses hard float, %B uses soft float"), ibfd, obfd); else if (in_attr->i > 3) _bfd_error_handler (_("Warning: %B uses unknown floating point ABI %d"), ibfd, in_attr->i); else _bfd_error_handler (_("Warning: %B uses unknown floating point ABI %d"), obfd, out_attr->i); } /* Check for conflicting Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_Vector attributes and merge non-conflicting ones. */ in_attr = &in_attrs[Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_Vector]; out_attr = &out_attrs[Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_Vector]; if (in_attr->i != out_attr->i) { const char *in_abi = NULL, *out_abi = NULL; switch (in_attr->i) { case 1: in_abi = "generic"; break; case 2: in_abi = "AltiVec"; break; case 3: in_abi = "SPE"; break; } switch (out_attr->i) { case 1: out_abi = "generic"; break; case 2: out_abi = "AltiVec"; break; case 3: out_abi = "SPE"; break; } out_attr->type = 1; if (out_attr->i == 0) out_attr->i = in_attr->i; else if (in_attr->i == 0) ; /* For now, allow generic to transition to AltiVec or SPE without a warning. If GCC marked files with their stack alignment and used don't-care markings for files which are not affected by the vector ABI, we could warn about this case too. */ else if (out_attr->i == 1) out_attr->i = in_attr->i; else if (in_attr->i == 1) ; else if (in_abi == NULL) _bfd_error_handler (_("Warning: %B uses unknown vector ABI %d"), ibfd, in_attr->i); else if (out_abi == NULL) _bfd_error_handler (_("Warning: %B uses unknown vector ABI %d"), obfd, in_attr->i); else _bfd_error_handler (_("Warning: %B uses vector ABI \"%s\", %B uses \"%s\""), ibfd, obfd, in_abi, out_abi); } /* Check for conflicting Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_Struct_Return attributes and merge non-conflicting ones. */ in_attr = &in_attrs[Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_Struct_Return]; out_attr = &out_attrs[Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_Struct_Return]; if (in_attr->i != out_attr->i) { out_attr->type = 1; if (out_attr->i == 0) out_attr->i = in_attr->i; else if (in_attr->i == 0) ; else if (out_attr->i == 1 && in_attr->i == 2) _bfd_error_handler (_("Warning: %B uses r3/r4 for small structure returns, %B uses memory"), obfd, ibfd); else if (out_attr->i == 2 && in_attr->i == 1) _bfd_error_handler (_("Warning: %B uses r3/r4 for small structure returns, %B uses memory"), ibfd, obfd); else if (in_attr->i > 2) _bfd_error_handler (_("Warning: %B uses unknown small structure return convention %d"), ibfd, in_attr->i); else _bfd_error_handler (_("Warning: %B uses unknown small structure return convention %d"), obfd, out_attr->i); } /* Merge Tag_compatibility attributes and any common GNU ones. */ _bfd_elf_merge_object_attributes (ibfd, obfd); return TRUE; } /* Merge backend specific data from an object file to the output object file when linking. */ static bfd_boolean ppc_elf_merge_private_bfd_data (bfd *ibfd, bfd *obfd) { flagword old_flags; flagword new_flags; bfd_boolean error; if (!is_ppc_elf (ibfd) || !is_ppc_elf (obfd)) return TRUE; /* Check if we have the same endianess. */ if (! _bfd_generic_verify_endian_match (ibfd, obfd)) return FALSE; if (!ppc_elf_merge_obj_attributes (ibfd, obfd)) return FALSE; new_flags = elf_elfheader (ibfd)->e_flags; old_flags = elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags; if (!elf_flags_init (obfd)) { /* First call, no flags set. */ elf_flags_init (obfd) = TRUE; elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags = new_flags; } /* Compatible flags are ok. */ else if (new_flags == old_flags) ; /* Incompatible flags. */ else { /* Warn about -mrelocatable mismatch. Allow -mrelocatable-lib to be linked with either. */ error = FALSE; if ((new_flags & EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE) != 0 && (old_flags & (EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE | EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE_LIB)) == 0) { error = TRUE; (*_bfd_error_handler) (_("%B: compiled with -mrelocatable and linked with " "modules compiled normally"), ibfd); } else if ((new_flags & (EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE | EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE_LIB)) == 0 && (old_flags & EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE) != 0) { error = TRUE; (*_bfd_error_handler) (_("%B: compiled normally and linked with " "modules compiled with -mrelocatable"), ibfd); } /* The output is -mrelocatable-lib iff both the input files are. */ if (! (new_flags & EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE_LIB)) elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags &= ~EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE_LIB; /* The output is -mrelocatable iff it can't be -mrelocatable-lib, but each input file is either -mrelocatable or -mrelocatable-lib. */ if (! (elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags & EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE_LIB) && (new_flags & (EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE_LIB | EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE)) && (old_flags & (EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE_LIB | EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE))) elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags |= EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE; /* Do not warn about eabi vs. V.4 mismatch, just or in the bit if any module uses it. */ elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags |= (new_flags & EF_PPC_EMB); new_flags &= ~(EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE | EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE_LIB | EF_PPC_EMB); old_flags &= ~(EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE | EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE_LIB | EF_PPC_EMB); /* Warn about any other mismatches. */ if (new_flags != old_flags) { error = TRUE; (*_bfd_error_handler) (_("%B: uses different e_flags (0x%lx) fields " "than previous modules (0x%lx)"), ibfd, (long) new_flags, (long) old_flags); } if (error) { bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value); return FALSE; } } return TRUE; } /* Choose which PLT scheme to use, and set .plt flags appropriately. Returns -1 on error, 0 for old PLT, 1 for new PLT. */ int ppc_elf_select_plt_layout (bfd *output_bfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, struct bfd_link_info *info, enum ppc_elf_plt_type plt_style, int emit_stub_syms) { struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab; flagword flags; htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (info); htab->emit_stub_syms = emit_stub_syms; if (htab->plt_type == PLT_UNSET) { if (plt_style == PLT_OLD) htab->plt_type = PLT_OLD; else { bfd *ibfd; enum ppc_elf_plt_type plt_type = plt_style; /* Look through the reloc flags left by ppc_elf_check_relocs. Use the old style bss plt if a file makes plt calls without using the new relocs, and if ld isn't given --secure-plt and we never see REL16 relocs. */ if (plt_type == PLT_UNSET) plt_type = PLT_OLD; for (ibfd = info->input_bfds; ibfd; ibfd = ibfd->link_next) if (is_ppc_elf (ibfd)) { if (ppc_elf_tdata (ibfd)->has_rel16) plt_type = PLT_NEW; else if (ppc_elf_tdata (ibfd)->makes_plt_call) { plt_type = PLT_OLD; htab->old_bfd = ibfd; break; } } htab->plt_type = plt_type; } } if (htab->plt_type == PLT_OLD && plt_style == PLT_NEW) info->callbacks->info (_("Using bss-plt due to %B"), htab->old_bfd); BFD_ASSERT (htab->plt_type != PLT_VXWORKS); if (htab->plt_type == PLT_NEW) { flags = (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_IN_MEMORY | SEC_LINKER_CREATED); /* The new PLT is a loaded section. */ if (htab->plt != NULL && !bfd_set_section_flags (htab->elf.dynobj, htab->plt, flags)) return -1; /* The new GOT is not executable. */ if (htab->got != NULL && !bfd_set_section_flags (htab->elf.dynobj, htab->got, flags)) return -1; } else { /* Stop an unused .glink section from affecting .text alignment. */ if (htab->glink != NULL && !bfd_set_section_alignment (htab->elf.dynobj, htab->glink, 0)) return -1; } return htab->plt_type == PLT_NEW; } /* Return the section that should be marked against GC for a given relocation. */ static asection * ppc_elf_gc_mark_hook (asection *sec, struct bfd_link_info *info, Elf_Internal_Rela *rel, struct elf_link_hash_entry *h, Elf_Internal_Sym *sym) { if (h != NULL) switch (ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info)) { case R_PPC_GNU_VTINHERIT: case R_PPC_GNU_VTENTRY: return NULL; } return _bfd_elf_gc_mark_hook (sec, info, rel, h, sym); } /* Update the got, plt and dynamic reloc reference counts for the section being removed. */ static bfd_boolean ppc_elf_gc_sweep_hook (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info, asection *sec, const Elf_Internal_Rela *relocs) { struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab; Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr; struct elf_link_hash_entry **sym_hashes; bfd_signed_vma *local_got_refcounts; const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel, *relend; asection *got2; if (info->relocatable) return TRUE; if ((sec->flags & SEC_ALLOC) == 0) return TRUE; elf_section_data (sec)->local_dynrel = NULL; htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (info); symtab_hdr = &elf_symtab_hdr (abfd); sym_hashes = elf_sym_hashes (abfd); local_got_refcounts = elf_local_got_refcounts (abfd); got2 = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".got2"); relend = relocs + sec->reloc_count; for (rel = relocs; rel < relend; rel++) { unsigned long r_symndx; enum elf_ppc_reloc_type r_type; struct elf_link_hash_entry *h = NULL; r_symndx = ELF32_R_SYM (rel->r_info); if (r_symndx >= symtab_hdr->sh_info) { struct elf_dyn_relocs **pp, *p; struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry *eh; h = sym_hashes[r_symndx - symtab_hdr->sh_info]; while (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning) h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.u.i.link; eh = (struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry *) h; for (pp = &eh->dyn_relocs; (p = *pp) != NULL; pp = &p->next) if (p->sec == sec) { /* Everything must go for SEC. */ *pp = p->next; break; } } r_type = ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info); if (!htab->is_vxworks && h == NULL && local_got_refcounts != NULL && (!info->shared || is_branch_reloc (r_type))) { struct plt_entry **local_plt = (struct plt_entry **) (local_got_refcounts + symtab_hdr->sh_info); char *local_got_tls_masks = (char *) (local_plt + symtab_hdr->sh_info); if ((local_got_tls_masks[r_symndx] & PLT_IFUNC) != 0) { struct plt_entry **ifunc = local_plt + r_symndx; bfd_vma addend = 0; struct plt_entry *ent; if (r_type == R_PPC_PLTREL24 && info->shared) addend = rel->r_addend; ent = find_plt_ent (ifunc, got2, addend); if (ent->plt.refcount > 0) ent->plt.refcount -= 1; continue; } } switch (r_type) { case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16: case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_LO: case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HI: case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HA: case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16: case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_LO: case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HI: case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HA: case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16: case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_LO: case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HI: case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HA: case R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16: case R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_LO: case R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_HI: case R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_HA: case R_PPC_GOT16: case R_PPC_GOT16_LO: case R_PPC_GOT16_HI: case R_PPC_GOT16_HA: if (h != NULL) { if (h->got.refcount > 0) h->got.refcount--; if (!info->shared) { struct plt_entry *ent; ent = find_plt_ent (&h->plt.plist, NULL, 0); if (ent != NULL && ent->plt.refcount > 0) ent->plt.refcount -= 1; } } else if (local_got_refcounts != NULL) { if (local_got_refcounts[r_symndx] > 0) local_got_refcounts[r_symndx]--; } break; case R_PPC_REL24: case R_PPC_REL14: case R_PPC_REL14_BRTAKEN: case R_PPC_REL14_BRNTAKEN: case R_PPC_REL32: if (h == NULL || h == htab->elf.hgot) break; /* Fall thru */ case R_PPC_ADDR32: case R_PPC_ADDR24: case R_PPC_ADDR16: case R_PPC_ADDR16_LO: case R_PPC_ADDR16_HI: case R_PPC_ADDR16_HA: case R_PPC_ADDR14: case R_PPC_ADDR14_BRTAKEN: case R_PPC_ADDR14_BRNTAKEN: case R_PPC_UADDR32: case R_PPC_UADDR16: if (info->shared) break; case R_PPC_PLT32: case R_PPC_PLTREL24: case R_PPC_PLTREL32: case R_PPC_PLT16_LO: case R_PPC_PLT16_HI: case R_PPC_PLT16_HA: if (h != NULL) { bfd_vma addend = 0; struct plt_entry *ent; if (r_type == R_PPC_PLTREL24 && info->shared) addend = rel->r_addend; ent = find_plt_ent (&h->plt.plist, got2, addend); if (ent != NULL && ent->plt.refcount > 0) ent->plt.refcount -= 1; } break; default: break; } } return TRUE; } /* Set plt output section type, htab->tls_get_addr, and call the generic ELF tls_setup function. */ asection * ppc_elf_tls_setup (bfd *obfd, struct bfd_link_info *info, int no_tls_get_addr_opt) { struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab; htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (info); htab->tls_get_addr = elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab->elf, "__tls_get_addr", FALSE, FALSE, TRUE); if (!no_tls_get_addr_opt) { struct elf_link_hash_entry *opt, *tga; opt = elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab->elf, "__tls_get_addr_opt", FALSE, FALSE, TRUE); if (opt != NULL && (opt->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined || opt->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak)) { /* If glibc supports an optimized __tls_get_addr call stub, signalled by the presence of __tls_get_addr_opt, and we'll be calling __tls_get_addr via a plt call stub, then make __tls_get_addr point to __tls_get_addr_opt. */ tga = htab->tls_get_addr; if (htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created && tga != NULL && (tga->type == STT_FUNC || tga->needs_plt) && !(SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, tga) || (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (tga->other) != STV_DEFAULT && tga->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak))) { struct plt_entry *ent; for (ent = tga->plt.plist; ent != NULL; ent = ent->next) if (ent->plt.refcount > 0) break; if (ent != NULL) { tga->root.type = bfd_link_hash_indirect; tga->root.u.i.link = &opt->root; ppc_elf_copy_indirect_symbol (info, opt, tga); if (opt->dynindx != -1) { /* Use __tls_get_addr_opt in dynamic relocations. */ opt->dynindx = -1; _bfd_elf_strtab_delref (elf_hash_table (info)->dynstr, opt->dynstr_index); if (!bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, opt)) return FALSE; } htab->tls_get_addr = opt; } } } else no_tls_get_addr_opt = TRUE; } htab->no_tls_get_addr_opt = no_tls_get_addr_opt; if (htab->plt_type == PLT_NEW && htab->plt != NULL && htab->plt->output_section != NULL) { elf_section_type (htab->plt->output_section) = SHT_PROGBITS; elf_section_flags (htab->plt->output_section) = SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE; } return _bfd_elf_tls_setup (obfd, info); } /* Return TRUE iff REL is a branch reloc with a global symbol matching HASH. */ static bfd_boolean branch_reloc_hash_match (const bfd *ibfd, const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel, const struct elf_link_hash_entry *hash) { Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr = &elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd); enum elf_ppc_reloc_type r_type = ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info); unsigned int r_symndx = ELF32_R_SYM (rel->r_info); if (r_symndx >= symtab_hdr->sh_info && is_branch_reloc (r_type)) { struct elf_link_hash_entry **sym_hashes = elf_sym_hashes (ibfd); struct elf_link_hash_entry *h; h = sym_hashes[r_symndx - symtab_hdr->sh_info]; while (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning) h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.u.i.link; if (h == hash) return TRUE; } return FALSE; } /* Run through all the TLS relocs looking for optimization opportunities. */ bfd_boolean ppc_elf_tls_optimize (bfd *obfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, struct bfd_link_info *info) { bfd *ibfd; asection *sec; struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab; int pass; if (info->relocatable || !info->executable) return TRUE; htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (info); if (htab == NULL) return FALSE; /* Make two passes through the relocs. First time check that tls relocs involved in setting up a tls_get_addr call are indeed followed by such a call. If they are not, don't do any tls optimization. On the second pass twiddle tls_mask flags to notify relocate_section that optimization can be done, and adjust got and plt refcounts. */ for (pass = 0; pass < 2; ++pass) for (ibfd = info->input_bfds; ibfd != NULL; ibfd = ibfd->link_next) { Elf_Internal_Sym *locsyms = NULL; Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr = &elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd); asection *got2 = bfd_get_section_by_name (ibfd, ".got2"); for (sec = ibfd->sections; sec != NULL; sec = sec->next) if (sec->has_tls_reloc && !bfd_is_abs_section (sec->output_section)) { Elf_Internal_Rela *relstart, *rel, *relend; int expecting_tls_get_addr = 0; /* Read the relocations. */ relstart = _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (ibfd, sec, NULL, NULL, info->keep_memory); if (relstart == NULL) return FALSE; relend = relstart + sec->reloc_count; for (rel = relstart; rel < relend; rel++) { enum elf_ppc_reloc_type r_type; unsigned long r_symndx; struct elf_link_hash_entry *h = NULL; char *tls_mask; char tls_set, tls_clear; bfd_boolean is_local; bfd_signed_vma *got_count; r_symndx = ELF32_R_SYM (rel->r_info); if (r_symndx >= symtab_hdr->sh_info) { struct elf_link_hash_entry **sym_hashes; sym_hashes = elf_sym_hashes (ibfd); h = sym_hashes[r_symndx - symtab_hdr->sh_info]; while (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning) h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.u.i.link; } is_local = FALSE; if (h == NULL || !h->def_dynamic) is_local = TRUE; r_type = ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info); /* If this section has old-style __tls_get_addr calls without marker relocs, then check that each __tls_get_addr call reloc is preceded by a reloc that conceivably belongs to the __tls_get_addr arg setup insn. If we don't find matching arg setup relocs, don't do any tls optimization. */ if (pass == 0 && sec->has_tls_get_addr_call && h != NULL && h == htab->tls_get_addr && !expecting_tls_get_addr && is_branch_reloc (r_type)) { info->callbacks->minfo ("%H __tls_get_addr lost arg, " "TLS optimization disabled\n", ibfd, sec, rel->r_offset); if (elf_section_data (sec)->relocs != relstart) free (relstart); return TRUE; } expecting_tls_get_addr = 0; switch (r_type) { case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16: case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_LO: expecting_tls_get_addr = 1; /* Fall thru */ case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HI: case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HA: /* These relocs should never be against a symbol defined in a shared lib. Leave them alone if that turns out to be the case. */ if (!is_local) continue; /* LD -> LE */ tls_set = 0; tls_clear = TLS_LD; break; case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16: case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_LO: expecting_tls_get_addr = 1; /* Fall thru */ case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HI: case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HA: if (is_local) /* GD -> LE */ tls_set = 0; else /* GD -> IE */ tls_set = TLS_TLS | TLS_TPRELGD; tls_clear = TLS_GD; break; case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16: case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_LO: case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HI: case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HA: if (is_local) { /* IE -> LE */ tls_set = 0; tls_clear = TLS_TPREL; break; } else continue; case R_PPC_TLSGD: case R_PPC_TLSLD: expecting_tls_get_addr = 2; tls_set = 0; tls_clear = 0; break; default: continue; } if (pass == 0) { if (!expecting_tls_get_addr || (expecting_tls_get_addr == 1 && !sec->has_tls_get_addr_call)) continue; if (rel + 1 < relend && branch_reloc_hash_match (ibfd, rel + 1, htab->tls_get_addr)) continue; /* Uh oh, we didn't find the expected call. We could just mark this symbol to exclude it from tls optimization but it's safer to skip the entire optimization. */ info->callbacks->minfo (_("%H arg lost __tls_get_addr, " "TLS optimization disabled\n"), ibfd, sec, rel->r_offset); if (elf_section_data (sec)->relocs != relstart) free (relstart); return TRUE; } if (expecting_tls_get_addr) { struct plt_entry *ent; bfd_vma addend = 0; if (info->shared && ELF32_R_TYPE (rel[1].r_info) == R_PPC_PLTREL24) addend = rel[1].r_addend; ent = find_plt_ent (&htab->tls_get_addr->plt.plist, got2, addend); if (ent != NULL && ent->plt.refcount > 0) ent->plt.refcount -= 1; if (expecting_tls_get_addr == 2) continue; } if (h != NULL) { tls_mask = &ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->tls_mask; got_count = &h->got.refcount; } else { bfd_signed_vma *lgot_refs; struct plt_entry **local_plt; char *lgot_masks; if (locsyms == NULL) { locsyms = (Elf_Internal_Sym *) symtab_hdr->contents; if (locsyms == NULL) locsyms = bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (ibfd, symtab_hdr, symtab_hdr->sh_info, 0, NULL, NULL, NULL); if (locsyms == NULL) { if (elf_section_data (sec)->relocs != relstart) free (relstart); return FALSE; } } lgot_refs = elf_local_got_refcounts (ibfd); if (lgot_refs == NULL) abort (); local_plt = (struct plt_entry **) (lgot_refs + symtab_hdr->sh_info); lgot_masks = (char *) (local_plt + symtab_hdr->sh_info); tls_mask = &lgot_masks[r_symndx]; got_count = &lgot_refs[r_symndx]; } if (tls_set == 0) { /* We managed to get rid of a got entry. */ if (*got_count > 0) *got_count -= 1; } *tls_mask |= tls_set; *tls_mask &= ~tls_clear; } if (elf_section_data (sec)->relocs != relstart) free (relstart); } if (locsyms != NULL && (symtab_hdr->contents != (unsigned char *) locsyms)) { if (!info->keep_memory) free (locsyms); else symtab_hdr->contents = (unsigned char *) locsyms; } } return TRUE; } /* Return true if we have dynamic relocs that apply to read-only sections. */ static bfd_boolean readonly_dynrelocs (struct elf_link_hash_entry *h) { struct elf_dyn_relocs *p; for (p = ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->dyn_relocs; p != NULL; p = p->next) { asection *s = p->sec->output_section; if (s != NULL && ((s->flags & (SEC_READONLY | SEC_ALLOC)) == (SEC_READONLY | SEC_ALLOC))) return TRUE; } return FALSE; } /* Adjust a symbol defined by a dynamic object and referenced by a regular object. The current definition is in some section of the dynamic object, but we're not including those sections. We have to change the definition to something the rest of the link can understand. */ static bfd_boolean ppc_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol (struct bfd_link_info *info, struct elf_link_hash_entry *h) { struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab; asection *s; #ifdef DEBUG fprintf (stderr, "ppc_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol called for %s\n", h->root.root.string); #endif /* Make sure we know what is going on here. */ htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (info); BFD_ASSERT (htab->elf.dynobj != NULL && (h->needs_plt || h->type == STT_GNU_IFUNC || h->u.weakdef != NULL || (h->def_dynamic && h->ref_regular && !h->def_regular))); /* Deal with function syms. */ if (h->type == STT_FUNC || h->type == STT_GNU_IFUNC || h->needs_plt) { /* Clear procedure linkage table information for any symbol that won't need a .plt entry. */ struct plt_entry *ent; for (ent = h->plt.plist; ent != NULL; ent = ent->next) if (ent->plt.refcount > 0) break; if (ent == NULL || (h->type != STT_GNU_IFUNC && (SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h) || (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) != STV_DEFAULT && h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak)))) { /* A PLT entry is not required/allowed when: 1. We are not using ld.so; because then the PLT entry can't be set up, so we can't use one. In this case, ppc_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol won't even be called. 2. GC has rendered the entry unused. 3. We know for certain that a call to this symbol will go to this object, or will remain undefined. */ h->plt.plist = NULL; h->needs_plt = 0; } else { /* After adjust_dynamic_symbol, non_got_ref set in the non-shared case means that we have allocated space in .dynbss for the symbol and thus dyn_relocs for this symbol should be discarded. If we get here we know we are making a PLT entry for this symbol, and in an executable we'd normally resolve relocations against this symbol to the PLT entry. Allow dynamic relocs if the reference is weak, and the dynamic relocs will not cause text relocation. */ if (!h->ref_regular_nonweak && h->non_got_ref && h->type != STT_GNU_IFUNC && !htab->is_vxworks && !ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->has_sda_refs && !readonly_dynrelocs (h)) h->non_got_ref = 0; } return TRUE; } else h->plt.plist = NULL; /* If this is a weak symbol, and there is a real definition, the processor independent code will have arranged for us to see the real definition first, and we can just use the same value. */ if (h->u.weakdef != NULL) { BFD_ASSERT (h->u.weakdef->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined || h->u.weakdef->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak); h->root.u.def.section = h->u.weakdef->root.u.def.section; h->root.u.def.value = h->u.weakdef->root.u.def.value; if (ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS) h->non_got_ref = h->u.weakdef->non_got_ref; return TRUE; } /* This is a reference to a symbol defined by a dynamic object which is not a function. */ /* If we are creating a shared library, we must presume that the only references to the symbol are via the global offset table. For such cases we need not do anything here; the relocations will be handled correctly by relocate_section. */ if (info->shared) return TRUE; /* If there are no references to this symbol that do not use the GOT, we don't need to generate a copy reloc. */ if (!h->non_got_ref) return TRUE; /* If we didn't find any dynamic relocs in read-only sections, then we'll be keeping the dynamic relocs and avoiding the copy reloc. We can't do this if there are any small data relocations. This doesn't work on VxWorks, where we can not have dynamic relocations (other than copy and jump slot relocations) in an executable. */ if (ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS && !ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->has_sda_refs && !htab->is_vxworks && !h->def_regular && !readonly_dynrelocs (h)) { h->non_got_ref = 0; return TRUE; } if (h->size == 0) { info->callbacks->einfo (_("dynamic variable `%s' is zero size\n"), h->root.root.string); return TRUE; } /* We must allocate the symbol in our .dynbss section, which will become part of the .bss section of the executable. There will be an entry for this symbol in the .dynsym section. The dynamic object will contain position independent code, so all references from the dynamic object to this symbol will go through the global offset table. The dynamic linker will use the .dynsym entry to determine the address it must put in the global offset table, so both the dynamic object and the regular object will refer to the same memory location for the variable. Of course, if the symbol is referenced using SDAREL relocs, we must instead allocate it in .sbss. */ if (ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->has_sda_refs) s = htab->dynsbss; else s = htab->dynbss; BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL); /* We must generate a R_PPC_COPY reloc to tell the dynamic linker to copy the initial value out of the dynamic object and into the runtime process image. We need to remember the offset into the .rela.bss section we are going to use. */ if ((h->root.u.def.section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0) { asection *srel; if (ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->has_sda_refs) srel = htab->relsbss; else srel = htab->relbss; BFD_ASSERT (srel != NULL); srel->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela); h->needs_copy = 1; } return _bfd_elf_adjust_dynamic_copy (h, s); } /* Generate a symbol to mark plt call stubs. For non-PIC code the sym is xxxxxxxx.plt_call32.<callee> where xxxxxxxx is a hex number, usually 0, specifying the addend on the plt relocation. For -fpic code, the sym is xxxxxxxx.plt_pic32.<callee>, and for -fPIC xxxxxxxx.got2.plt_pic32.<callee>. */ static bfd_boolean add_stub_sym (struct plt_entry *ent, struct elf_link_hash_entry *h, struct bfd_link_info *info) { struct elf_link_hash_entry *sh; size_t len1, len2, len3; char *name; const char *stub; struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (info); if (info->shared) stub = ".plt_pic32."; else stub = ".plt_call32."; len1 = strlen (h->root.root.string); len2 = strlen (stub); len3 = 0; if (ent->sec) len3 = strlen (ent->sec->name); name = bfd_malloc (len1 + len2 + len3 + 9); if (name == NULL) return FALSE; sprintf (name, "%08x", (unsigned) ent->addend & 0xffffffff); if (ent->sec) memcpy (name + 8, ent->sec->name, len3); memcpy (name + 8 + len3, stub, len2); memcpy (name + 8 + len3 + len2, h->root.root.string, len1 + 1); sh = elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab->elf, name, TRUE, FALSE, FALSE); if (sh == NULL) return FALSE; if (sh->root.type == bfd_link_hash_new) { sh->root.type = bfd_link_hash_defined; sh->root.u.def.section = htab->glink; sh->root.u.def.value = ent->glink_offset; sh->ref_regular = 1; sh->def_regular = 1; sh->ref_regular_nonweak = 1; sh->forced_local = 1; sh->non_elf = 0; } return TRUE; } /* Allocate NEED contiguous space in .got, and return the offset. Handles allocation of the got header when crossing 32k. */ static bfd_vma allocate_got (struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab, unsigned int need) { bfd_vma where; unsigned int max_before_header; if (htab->plt_type == PLT_VXWORKS) { where = htab->got->size; htab->got->size += need; } else { max_before_header = htab->plt_type == PLT_NEW ? 32768 : 32764; if (need <= htab->got_gap) { where = max_before_header - htab->got_gap; htab->got_gap -= need; } else { if (htab->got->size + need > max_before_header && htab->got->size <= max_before_header) { htab->got_gap = max_before_header - htab->got->size; htab->got->size = max_before_header + htab->got_header_size; } where = htab->got->size; htab->got->size += need; } } return where; } /* Allocate space in associated reloc sections for dynamic relocs. */ static bfd_boolean allocate_dynrelocs (struct elf_link_hash_entry *h, void *inf) { struct bfd_link_info *info = inf; struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry *eh; struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab; struct elf_dyn_relocs *p; if (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect) return TRUE; if (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning) /* When warning symbols are created, they **replace** the "real" entry in the hash table, thus we never get to see the real symbol in a hash traversal. So look at it now. */ h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.u.i.link; htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (info); if (htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created || h->type == STT_GNU_IFUNC) { struct plt_entry *ent; bfd_boolean doneone = FALSE; bfd_vma plt_offset = 0, glink_offset = 0; bfd_boolean dyn; for (ent = h->plt.plist; ent != NULL; ent = ent->next) if (ent->plt.refcount > 0) { /* Make sure this symbol is output as a dynamic symbol. */ if (h->dynindx == -1 && !h->forced_local && !h->def_regular && htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created) { if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h)) return FALSE; } dyn = htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created; if (info->shared || h->type == STT_GNU_IFUNC || WILL_CALL_FINISH_DYNAMIC_SYMBOL (dyn, 0, h)) { asection *s = htab->plt; if (!dyn || h->dynindx == -1) s = htab->iplt; if (htab->plt_type == PLT_NEW || !dyn || h->dynindx == -1) { if (!doneone) { plt_offset = s->size; s->size += 4; } ent->plt.offset = plt_offset; s = htab->glink; if (!doneone || info->shared) { glink_offset = s->size; s->size += GLINK_ENTRY_SIZE; if (h == htab->tls_get_addr && !htab->no_tls_get_addr_opt) s->size += TLS_GET_ADDR_GLINK_SIZE - GLINK_ENTRY_SIZE; } if (!doneone && !info->shared && h->def_dynamic && !h->def_regular) { h->root.u.def.section = s; h->root.u.def.value = glink_offset; } ent->glink_offset = glink_offset; if (htab->emit_stub_syms && !add_stub_sym (ent, h, info)) return FALSE; } else { if (!doneone) { /* If this is the first .plt entry, make room for the special first entry. */ if (s->size == 0) s->size += htab->plt_initial_entry_size; /* The PowerPC PLT is actually composed of two parts, the first part is 2 words (for a load and a jump), and then there is a remaining word available at the end. */ plt_offset = (htab->plt_initial_entry_size + (htab->plt_slot_size * ((s->size - htab->plt_initial_entry_size) / htab->plt_entry_size))); /* If this symbol is not defined in a regular file, and we are not generating a shared library, then set the symbol to this location in the .plt. This is to avoid text relocations, and is required to make function pointers compare as equal between the normal executable and the shared library. */ if (! info->shared && h->def_dynamic && !h->def_regular) { h->root.u.def.section = s; h->root.u.def.value = plt_offset; } /* Make room for this entry. */ s->size += htab->plt_entry_size; /* After the 8192nd entry, room for two entries is allocated. */ if (htab->plt_type == PLT_OLD && (s->size - htab->plt_initial_entry_size) / htab->plt_entry_size > PLT_NUM_SINGLE_ENTRIES) s->size += htab->plt_entry_size; } ent->plt.offset = plt_offset; } /* We also need to make an entry in the .rela.plt section. */ if (!doneone) { if (!htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created || h->dynindx == -1) htab->reliplt->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela); else { htab->relplt->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela); if (htab->plt_type == PLT_VXWORKS) { /* Allocate space for the unloaded relocations. */ if (!info->shared && htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created) { if (ent->plt.offset == (bfd_vma) htab->plt_initial_entry_size) { htab->srelplt2->size += (sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela) * VXWORKS_PLTRESOLVE_RELOCS); } htab->srelplt2->size += (sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela) * VXWORKS_PLT_NON_JMP_SLOT_RELOCS); } /* Every PLT entry has an associated GOT entry in .got.plt. */ htab->sgotplt->size += 4; } } doneone = TRUE; } } else ent->plt.offset = (bfd_vma) -1; } else ent->plt.offset = (bfd_vma) -1; if (!doneone) { h->plt.plist = NULL; h->needs_plt = 0; } } else { h->plt.plist = NULL; h->needs_plt = 0; } eh = (struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry *) h; if (eh->elf.got.refcount > 0) { bfd_boolean dyn; unsigned int need; /* Make sure this symbol is output as a dynamic symbol. */ if (eh->elf.dynindx == -1 && !eh->elf.forced_local && eh->elf.type != STT_GNU_IFUNC && htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created) { if (!bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, &eh->elf)) return FALSE; } need = 0; if ((eh->tls_mask & TLS_TLS) != 0) { if ((eh->tls_mask & TLS_LD) != 0) { if (!eh->elf.def_dynamic) /* We'll just use htab->tlsld_got.offset. This should always be the case. It's a little odd if we have a local dynamic reloc against a non-local symbol. */ htab->tlsld_got.refcount += 1; else need += 8; } if ((eh->tls_mask & TLS_GD) != 0) need += 8; if ((eh->tls_mask & (TLS_TPREL | TLS_TPRELGD)) != 0) need += 4; if ((eh->tls_mask & TLS_DTPREL) != 0) need += 4; } else need += 4; if (need == 0) eh->elf.got.offset = (bfd_vma) -1; else { eh->elf.got.offset = allocate_got (htab, need); dyn = htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created; if ((info->shared || WILL_CALL_FINISH_DYNAMIC_SYMBOL (dyn, 0, &eh->elf)) && (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (eh->elf.other) == STV_DEFAULT || eh->elf.root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak)) { asection *rsec = htab->relgot; /* All the entries we allocated need relocs. Except LD only needs one. */ if ((eh->tls_mask & TLS_LD) != 0 && eh->elf.def_dynamic) need -= 4; rsec->size += need * (sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela) / 4); } } } else eh->elf.got.offset = (bfd_vma) -1; if (eh->dyn_relocs == NULL || !htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created) return TRUE; /* In the shared -Bsymbolic case, discard space allocated for dynamic pc-relative relocs against symbols which turn out to be defined in regular objects. For the normal shared case, discard space for relocs that have become local due to symbol visibility changes. */ if (info->shared) { /* Relocs that use pc_count are those that appear on a call insn, or certain REL relocs (see must_be_dyn_reloc) that can be generated via assembly. We want calls to protected symbols to resolve directly to the function rather than going via the plt. If people want function pointer comparisons to work as expected then they should avoid writing weird assembly. */ if (SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h)) { struct elf_dyn_relocs **pp; for (pp = &eh->dyn_relocs; (p = *pp) != NULL; ) { p->count -= p->pc_count; p->pc_count = 0; if (p->count == 0) *pp = p->next; else pp = &p->next; } } if (htab->is_vxworks) { struct elf_dyn_relocs **pp; for (pp = &eh->dyn_relocs; (p = *pp) != NULL; ) { if (strcmp (p->sec->output_section->name, ".tls_vars") == 0) *pp = p->next; else pp = &p->next; } } /* Discard relocs on undefined symbols that must be local. */ if (eh->dyn_relocs != NULL && h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefined && (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) == STV_HIDDEN || ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) == STV_INTERNAL)) eh->dyn_relocs = NULL; /* Also discard relocs on undefined weak syms with non-default visibility. */ if (eh->dyn_relocs != NULL && h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak) { if (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) != STV_DEFAULT) eh->dyn_relocs = NULL; /* Make sure undefined weak symbols are output as a dynamic symbol in PIEs. */ else if (h->dynindx == -1 && !h->forced_local && !h->def_regular) { if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h)) return FALSE; } } } else if (ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS) { /* For the non-shared case, discard space for relocs against symbols which turn out to need copy relocs or are not dynamic. */ if (!h->non_got_ref && !h->def_regular) { /* Make sure this symbol is output as a dynamic symbol. Undefined weak syms won't yet be marked as dynamic. */ if (h->dynindx == -1 && !h->forced_local) { if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h)) return FALSE; } /* If that succeeded, we know we'll be keeping all the relocs. */ if (h->dynindx != -1) goto keep; } eh->dyn_relocs = NULL; keep: ; } /* Finally, allocate space. */ for (p = eh->dyn_relocs; p != NULL; p = p->next) { asection *sreloc = elf_section_data (p->sec)->sreloc; if (!htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created) sreloc = htab->reliplt; sreloc->size += p->count * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela); } return TRUE; } /* Set DF_TEXTREL if we find any dynamic relocs that apply to read-only sections. */ static bfd_boolean maybe_set_textrel (struct elf_link_hash_entry *h, void *info) { if (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect) return TRUE; if (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning) h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.u.i.link; if (readonly_dynrelocs (h)) { ((struct bfd_link_info *) info)->flags |= DF_TEXTREL; /* Not an error, just cut short the traversal. */ return FALSE; } return TRUE; } /* Set the sizes of the dynamic sections. */ static bfd_boolean ppc_elf_size_dynamic_sections (bfd *output_bfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, struct bfd_link_info *info) { struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab; asection *s; bfd_boolean relocs; bfd *ibfd; #ifdef DEBUG fprintf (stderr, "ppc_elf_size_dynamic_sections called\n"); #endif htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (info); BFD_ASSERT (htab->elf.dynobj != NULL); if (elf_hash_table (info)->dynamic_sections_created) { /* Set the contents of the .interp section to the interpreter. */ if (info->executable) { s = bfd_get_section_by_name (htab->elf.dynobj, ".interp"); BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL); s->size = sizeof ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER; s->contents = (unsigned char *) ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER; } } if (htab->plt_type == PLT_OLD) htab->got_header_size = 16; else if (htab->plt_type == PLT_NEW) htab->got_header_size = 12; /* Set up .got offsets for local syms, and space for local dynamic relocs. */ for (ibfd = info->input_bfds; ibfd != NULL; ibfd = ibfd->link_next) { bfd_signed_vma *local_got; bfd_signed_vma *end_local_got; struct plt_entry **local_plt; struct plt_entry **end_local_plt; char *lgot_masks; bfd_size_type locsymcount; Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr; if (!is_ppc_elf (ibfd)) continue; for (s = ibfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next) { struct elf_dyn_relocs *p; for (p = ((struct elf_dyn_relocs *) elf_section_data (s)->local_dynrel); p != NULL; p = p->next) { if (!bfd_is_abs_section (p->sec) && bfd_is_abs_section (p->sec->output_section)) { /* Input section has been discarded, either because it is a copy of a linkonce section or due to linker script /DISCARD/, so we'll be discarding the relocs too. */ } else if (htab->is_vxworks && strcmp (p->sec->output_section->name, ".tls_vars") == 0) { /* Relocations in vxworks .tls_vars sections are handled specially by the loader. */ } else if (p->count != 0) { asection *sreloc = elf_section_data (p->sec)->sreloc; if (!htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created) sreloc = htab->reliplt; sreloc->size += p->count * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela); if ((p->sec->output_section->flags & (SEC_READONLY | SEC_ALLOC)) == (SEC_READONLY | SEC_ALLOC)) info->flags |= DF_TEXTREL; } } } local_got = elf_local_got_refcounts (ibfd); if (!local_got) continue; symtab_hdr = &elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd); locsymcount = symtab_hdr->sh_info; end_local_got = local_got + locsymcount; local_plt = (struct plt_entry **) end_local_got; end_local_plt = local_plt + locsymcount; lgot_masks = (char *) end_local_plt; for (; local_got < end_local_got; ++local_got, ++lgot_masks) if (*local_got > 0) { unsigned int need = 0; if ((*lgot_masks & TLS_TLS) != 0) { if ((*lgot_masks & TLS_GD) != 0) need += 8; if ((*lgot_masks & TLS_LD) != 0) htab->tlsld_got.refcount += 1; if ((*lgot_masks & (TLS_TPREL | TLS_TPRELGD)) != 0) need += 4; if ((*lgot_masks & TLS_DTPREL) != 0) need += 4; } else need += 4; if (need == 0) *local_got = (bfd_vma) -1; else { *local_got = allocate_got (htab, need); if (info->shared) htab->relgot->size += (need * (sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela) / 4)); } } else *local_got = (bfd_vma) -1; if (htab->is_vxworks) continue; /* Allocate space for calls to local STT_GNU_IFUNC syms in .iplt. */ for (; local_plt < end_local_plt; ++local_plt) { struct plt_entry *ent; bfd_boolean doneone = FALSE; bfd_vma plt_offset = 0, glink_offset = 0; for (ent = *local_plt; ent != NULL; ent = ent->next) if (ent->plt.refcount > 0) { s = htab->iplt; if (!doneone) { plt_offset = s->size; s->size += 4; } ent->plt.offset = plt_offset; s = htab->glink; if (!doneone || info->shared) { glink_offset = s->size; s->size += GLINK_ENTRY_SIZE; } ent->glink_offset = glink_offset; if (!doneone) { htab->reliplt->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela); doneone = TRUE; } } else ent->plt.offset = (bfd_vma) -1; } } /* Allocate space for global sym dynamic relocs. */ elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info), allocate_dynrelocs, info); if (htab->tlsld_got.refcount > 0) { htab->tlsld_got.offset = allocate_got (htab, 8); if (info->shared) htab->relgot->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela); } else htab->tlsld_got.offset = (bfd_vma) -1; if (htab->got != NULL && htab->plt_type != PLT_VXWORKS) { unsigned int g_o_t = 32768; /* If we haven't allocated the header, do so now. When we get here, for old plt/got the got size will be 0 to 32764 (not allocated), or 32780 to 65536 (header allocated). For new plt/got, the corresponding ranges are 0 to 32768 and 32780 to 65536. */ if (htab->got->size <= 32768) { g_o_t = htab->got->size; if (htab->plt_type == PLT_OLD) g_o_t += 4; htab->got->size += htab->got_header_size; } htab->elf.hgot->root.u.def.value = g_o_t; } if (info->shared) { struct elf_link_hash_entry *sda = htab->sdata[0].sym; if (sda != NULL && !(sda->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined || sda->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak)) { sda->root.type = bfd_link_hash_defined; sda->root.u.def.section = htab->elf.hgot->root.u.def.section; sda->root.u.def.value = htab->elf.hgot->root.u.def.value; } } if (htab->glink != NULL && htab->glink->size != 0 && htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created) { htab->glink_pltresolve = htab->glink->size; /* Space for the branch table. */ htab->glink->size += htab->glink->size / (GLINK_ENTRY_SIZE / 4) - 4; /* Pad out to align the start of PLTresolve. */ htab->glink->size += -htab->glink->size & 15; htab->glink->size += GLINK_PLTRESOLVE; if (htab->emit_stub_syms) { struct elf_link_hash_entry *sh; sh = elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab->elf, "__glink", TRUE, FALSE, FALSE); if (sh == NULL) return FALSE; if (sh->root.type == bfd_link_hash_new) { sh->root.type = bfd_link_hash_defined; sh->root.u.def.section = htab->glink; sh->root.u.def.value = htab->glink_pltresolve; sh->ref_regular = 1; sh->def_regular = 1; sh->ref_regular_nonweak = 1; sh->forced_local = 1; sh->non_elf = 0; } sh = elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab->elf, "__glink_PLTresolve", TRUE, FALSE, FALSE); if (sh == NULL) return FALSE; if (sh->root.type == bfd_link_hash_new) { sh->root.type = bfd_link_hash_defined; sh->root.u.def.section = htab->glink; sh->root.u.def.value = htab->glink->size - GLINK_PLTRESOLVE; sh->ref_regular = 1; sh->def_regular = 1; sh->ref_regular_nonweak = 1; sh->forced_local = 1; sh->non_elf = 0; } } } /* We've now determined the sizes of the various dynamic sections. Allocate memory for them. */ relocs = FALSE; for (s = htab->elf.dynobj->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next) { bfd_boolean strip_section = TRUE; if ((s->flags & SEC_LINKER_CREATED) == 0) continue; if (s == htab->plt || s == htab->got) { /* We'd like to strip these sections if they aren't needed, but if we've exported dynamic symbols from them we must leave them. It's too late to tell BFD to get rid of the symbols. */ if (htab->elf.hplt != NULL) strip_section = FALSE; /* Strip this section if we don't need it; see the comment below. */ } else if (s == htab->iplt || s == htab->glink || s == htab->sgotplt || s == htab->sbss || s == htab->dynbss || s == htab->dynsbss || s == htab->sdata[0].section || s == htab->sdata[1].section) { /* Strip these too. */ } else if (CONST_STRNEQ (bfd_get_section_name (dynobj, s), ".rela")) { if (s->size != 0) { /* Remember whether there are any relocation sections. */ relocs = TRUE; /* We use the reloc_count field as a counter if we need to copy relocs into the output file. */ s->reloc_count = 0; } } else { /* It's not one of our sections, so don't allocate space. */ continue; } if (s->size == 0 && strip_section) { /* If we don't need this section, strip it from the output file. This is mostly to handle .rela.bss and .rela.plt. We must create both sections in create_dynamic_sections, because they must be created before the linker maps input sections to output sections. The linker does that before adjust_dynamic_symbol is called, and it is that function which decides whether anything needs to go into these sections. */ s->flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE; continue; } if ((s->flags & SEC_HAS_CONTENTS) == 0) continue; /* Allocate memory for the section contents. */ s->contents = bfd_zalloc (htab->elf.dynobj, s->size); if (s->contents == NULL) return FALSE; } if (htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created) { /* Add some entries to the .dynamic section. We fill in the values later, in ppc_elf_finish_dynamic_sections, but we must add the entries now so that we get the correct size for the .dynamic section. The DT_DEBUG entry is filled in by the dynamic linker and used by the debugger. */ #define add_dynamic_entry(TAG, VAL) \ _bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info, TAG, VAL) if (info->executable) { if (!add_dynamic_entry (DT_DEBUG, 0)) return FALSE; } if (htab->plt != NULL && htab->plt->size != 0) { if (!add_dynamic_entry (DT_PLTGOT, 0) || !add_dynamic_entry (DT_PLTRELSZ, 0) || !add_dynamic_entry (DT_PLTREL, DT_RELA) || !add_dynamic_entry (DT_JMPREL, 0)) return FALSE; } if (htab->glink != NULL && htab->glink->size != 0) { if (!add_dynamic_entry (DT_PPC_GOT, 0)) return FALSE; if (!htab->no_tls_get_addr_opt && htab->tls_get_addr != NULL && htab->tls_get_addr->plt.plist != NULL && !add_dynamic_entry (DT_PPC_TLSOPT, 0)) return FALSE; } if (relocs) { if (!add_dynamic_entry (DT_RELA, 0) || !add_dynamic_entry (DT_RELASZ, 0) || !add_dynamic_entry (DT_RELAENT, sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela))) return FALSE; } /* If any dynamic relocs apply to a read-only section, then we need a DT_TEXTREL entry. */ if ((info->flags & DF_TEXTREL) == 0) elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info), maybe_set_textrel, info); if ((info->flags & DF_TEXTREL) != 0) { if (!add_dynamic_entry (DT_TEXTREL, 0)) return FALSE; } if (htab->is_vxworks && !elf_vxworks_add_dynamic_entries (output_bfd, info)) return FALSE; } #undef add_dynamic_entry return TRUE; } /* Return TRUE if symbol should be hashed in the `.gnu.hash' section. */ static bfd_boolean ppc_elf_hash_symbol (struct elf_link_hash_entry *h) { if (h->plt.plist != NULL && !h->def_regular && (!h->pointer_equality_needed || !h->ref_regular_nonweak)) return FALSE; return _bfd_elf_hash_symbol (h); } #define ARRAY_SIZE(a) (sizeof (a) / sizeof ((a)[0])) /* Relaxation trampolines. r12 is available for clobbering (r11, is used for some functions that are allowed to break the ABI). */ static const int shared_stub_entry[] = { 0x7c0802a6, /* mflr 0 */ 0x429f0005, /* bcl 20, 31, .Lxxx */ 0x7d8802a6, /* mflr 12 */ 0x3d8c0000, /* addis 12, 12, (xxx-.Lxxx)@ha */ 0x398c0008, /* addi 12, 12, (xxx-.Lxxx)@l */ 0x7c0803a6, /* mtlr 0 */ 0x7d8903a6, /* mtctr 12 */ 0x4e800420, /* bctr */ }; static const int stub_entry[] = { 0x3d800000, /* lis 12,xxx@ha */ 0x398c0000, /* addi 12,12,xxx@l */ 0x7d8903a6, /* mtctr 12 */ 0x4e800420, /* bctr */ }; static bfd_boolean ppc_elf_relax_section (bfd *abfd, asection *isec, struct bfd_link_info *link_info, bfd_boolean *again) { struct one_fixup { struct one_fixup *next; asection *tsec; /* Final link, can use the symbol offset. For a relocatable link we use the symbol's index. */ bfd_vma toff; bfd_vma trampoff; }; Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr; bfd_byte *contents = NULL; Elf_Internal_Sym *isymbuf = NULL; Elf_Internal_Rela *internal_relocs = NULL; Elf_Internal_Rela *irel, *irelend; struct one_fixup *fixups = NULL; unsigned changes = 0; struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab; bfd_size_type trampoff; asection *got2; bfd_boolean maybe_pasted; *again = FALSE; /* Nothing to do if there are no relocations, and no need to do anything with non-alloc or non-code sections. */ if ((isec->flags & SEC_ALLOC) == 0 || (isec->flags & SEC_CODE) == 0 || (isec->flags & SEC_RELOC) == 0 || isec->reloc_count == 0) return TRUE; /* We cannot represent the required PIC relocs in the output, so don't do anything. The linker doesn't support mixing -shared and -r anyway. */ if (link_info->relocatable && link_info->shared) return TRUE; trampoff = (isec->size + 3) & (bfd_vma) -4; maybe_pasted = (strcmp (isec->output_section->name, ".init") == 0 || strcmp (isec->output_section->name, ".fini") == 0); /* Space for a branch around any trampolines. */ if (maybe_pasted) trampoff += 4; symtab_hdr = &elf_symtab_hdr (abfd); /* Get a copy of the native relocations. */ internal_relocs = _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (abfd, isec, NULL, NULL, link_info->keep_memory); if (internal_relocs == NULL) goto error_return; htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (link_info); got2 = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".got2"); irelend = internal_relocs + isec->reloc_count; for (irel = internal_relocs; irel < irelend; irel++) { unsigned long r_type = ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info); bfd_vma toff, roff; asection *tsec; struct one_fixup *f; size_t insn_offset = 0; bfd_vma max_branch_offset, val; bfd_byte *hit_addr; unsigned long t0; struct elf_link_hash_entry *h; struct plt_entry **plist; unsigned char sym_type; switch (r_type) { case R_PPC_REL24: case R_PPC_LOCAL24PC: case R_PPC_PLTREL24: max_branch_offset = 1 << 25; break; case R_PPC_REL14: case R_PPC_REL14_BRTAKEN: case R_PPC_REL14_BRNTAKEN: max_branch_offset = 1 << 15; break; default: continue; } /* Get the value of the symbol referred to by the reloc. */ h = NULL; if (ELF32_R_SYM (irel->r_info) < symtab_hdr->sh_info) { /* A local symbol. */ Elf_Internal_Sym *isym; /* Read this BFD's local symbols. */ if (isymbuf == NULL) { isymbuf = (Elf_Internal_Sym *) symtab_hdr->contents; if (isymbuf == NULL) isymbuf = bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (abfd, symtab_hdr, symtab_hdr->sh_info, 0, NULL, NULL, NULL); if (isymbuf == 0) goto error_return; } isym = isymbuf + ELF32_R_SYM (irel->r_info); if (isym->st_shndx == SHN_UNDEF) tsec = bfd_und_section_ptr; else if (isym->st_shndx == SHN_ABS) tsec = bfd_abs_section_ptr; else if (isym->st_shndx == SHN_COMMON) tsec = bfd_com_section_ptr; else tsec = bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd, isym->st_shndx); toff = isym->st_value; sym_type = ELF_ST_TYPE (isym->st_info); } else { /* Global symbol handling. */ unsigned long indx; indx = ELF32_R_SYM (irel->r_info) - symtab_hdr->sh_info; h = elf_sym_hashes (abfd)[indx]; while (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning) h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.u.i.link; if (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak) { tsec = h->root.u.def.section; toff = h->root.u.def.value; } else if (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefined || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak) { tsec = bfd_und_section_ptr; toff = link_info->relocatable ? indx : 0; } else continue; sym_type = h->type; } /* The condition here under which we call find_plt_ent must match that in relocate_section. If we call find_plt_ent here but not in relocate_section, or vice versa, then the branch destination used here may be incorrect. */ plist = NULL; if (h != NULL) { /* We know is_branch_reloc (r_type) is true. */ if (h->type == STT_GNU_IFUNC || r_type == R_PPC_PLTREL24) plist = &h->plt.plist; } else if (sym_type == STT_GNU_IFUNC && elf_local_got_offsets (abfd) != NULL) { bfd_vma *local_got_offsets = elf_local_got_offsets (abfd); struct plt_entry **local_plt = (struct plt_entry **) (local_got_offsets + symtab_hdr->sh_info); plist = local_plt + ELF32_R_SYM (irel->r_info); } if (plist != NULL) { bfd_vma addend = 0; struct plt_entry *ent; if (r_type == R_PPC_PLTREL24 && link_info->shared) addend = irel->r_addend; ent = find_plt_ent (plist, got2, addend); if (ent != NULL) { if (htab->plt_type == PLT_NEW || h == NULL || !htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created || h->dynindx == -1) { tsec = htab->glink; toff = ent->glink_offset; } else { tsec = htab->plt; toff = ent->plt.offset; } } } /* If the branch and target are in the same section, you have no hope of adding stubs. We'll error out later should the branch overflow. */ if (tsec == isec) continue; /* There probably isn't any reason to handle symbols in SEC_MERGE sections; SEC_MERGE doesn't seem a likely attribute for a code section, and we are only looking at branches. However, implement it correctly here as a reference for other target relax_section functions. */ if (0 && tsec->sec_info_type == ELF_INFO_TYPE_MERGE) { /* At this stage in linking, no SEC_MERGE symbol has been adjusted, so all references to such symbols need to be passed through _bfd_merged_section_offset. (Later, in relocate_section, all SEC_MERGE symbols *except* for section symbols have been adjusted.) gas may reduce relocations against symbols in SEC_MERGE sections to a relocation against the section symbol when the original addend was zero. When the reloc is against a section symbol we should include the addend in the offset passed to _bfd_merged_section_offset, since the location of interest is the original symbol. On the other hand, an access to "sym+addend" where "sym" is not a section symbol should not include the addend; Such an access is presumed to be an offset from "sym"; The location of interest is just "sym". */ if (sym_type == STT_SECTION) toff += irel->r_addend; toff = _bfd_merged_section_offset (abfd, &tsec, elf_section_data (tsec)->sec_info, toff); if (sym_type != STT_SECTION) toff += irel->r_addend; } /* PLTREL24 addends are special. */ else if (r_type != R_PPC_PLTREL24) toff += irel->r_addend; /* Attempted -shared link of non-pic code loses. */ if (tsec->output_section == NULL) continue; roff = irel->r_offset; /* If the branch is in range, no need to do anything. */ if (tsec != bfd_und_section_ptr && (!link_info->relocatable /* A relocatable link may have sections moved during final link, so do not presume they remain in range. */ || tsec->output_section == isec->output_section)) { bfd_vma symaddr, reladdr; symaddr = tsec->output_section->vma + tsec->output_offset + toff; reladdr = isec->output_section->vma + isec->output_offset + roff; if (symaddr - reladdr + max_branch_offset < 2 * max_branch_offset) continue; } /* Look for an existing fixup to this address. */ for (f = fixups; f ; f = f->next) if (f->tsec == tsec && f->toff == toff) break; if (f == NULL) { size_t size; unsigned long stub_rtype; val = trampoff - roff; if (val >= max_branch_offset) /* Oh dear, we can't reach a trampoline. Don't try to add one. We'll report an error later. */ continue; if (link_info->shared) { size = 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (shared_stub_entry); insn_offset = 12; } else { size = 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (stub_entry); insn_offset = 0; } stub_rtype = R_PPC_RELAX; if (tsec == htab->plt || tsec == htab->glink) { stub_rtype = R_PPC_RELAX_PLT; if (r_type == R_PPC_PLTREL24) stub_rtype = R_PPC_RELAX_PLTREL24; } /* Hijack the old relocation. Since we need two relocations for this use a "composite" reloc. */ irel->r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (ELF32_R_SYM (irel->r_info), stub_rtype); irel->r_offset = trampoff + insn_offset; if (r_type == R_PPC_PLTREL24 && stub_rtype != R_PPC_RELAX_PLTREL24) irel->r_addend = 0; /* Record the fixup so we don't do it again this section. */ f = bfd_malloc (sizeof (*f)); f->next = fixups; f->tsec = tsec; f->toff = toff; f->trampoff = trampoff; fixups = f; trampoff += size; changes++; } else { val = f->trampoff - roff; if (val >= max_branch_offset) continue; /* Nop out the reloc, since we're finalizing things here. */ irel->r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_PPC_NONE); } /* Get the section contents. */ if (contents == NULL) { /* Get cached copy if it exists. */ if (elf_section_data (isec)->this_hdr.contents != NULL) contents = elf_section_data (isec)->this_hdr.contents; else { /* Go get them off disk. */ if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd, isec, &contents)) goto error_return; } } /* Fix up the existing branch to hit the trampoline. */ hit_addr = contents + roff; switch (r_type) { case R_PPC_REL24: case R_PPC_LOCAL24PC: case R_PPC_PLTREL24: t0 = bfd_get_32 (abfd, hit_addr); t0 &= ~0x3fffffc; t0 |= val & 0x3fffffc; bfd_put_32 (abfd, t0, hit_addr); break; case R_PPC_REL14: case R_PPC_REL14_BRTAKEN: case R_PPC_REL14_BRNTAKEN: t0 = bfd_get_32 (abfd, hit_addr); t0 &= ~0xfffc; t0 |= val & 0xfffc; bfd_put_32 (abfd, t0, hit_addr); break; } } /* Write out the trampolines. */ if (fixups != NULL) { const int *stub; bfd_byte *dest; int i, size; do { struct one_fixup *f = fixups; fixups = fixups->next; free (f); } while (fixups); contents = bfd_realloc_or_free (contents, trampoff); if (contents == NULL) goto error_return; isec->size = (isec->size + 3) & (bfd_vma) -4; dest = contents + isec->size; /* Branch around the trampolines. */ if (maybe_pasted) { bfd_vma val = B + trampoff - isec->size; bfd_put_32 (abfd, val, dest); dest += 4; } isec->size = trampoff; if (link_info->shared) { stub = shared_stub_entry; size = ARRAY_SIZE (shared_stub_entry); } else { stub = stub_entry; size = ARRAY_SIZE (stub_entry); } i = 0; while (dest < contents + trampoff) { bfd_put_32 (abfd, stub[i], dest); i++; if (i == size) i = 0; dest += 4; } BFD_ASSERT (i == 0); } if (isymbuf != NULL && symtab_hdr->contents != (unsigned char *) isymbuf) { if (! link_info->keep_memory) free (isymbuf); else { /* Cache the symbols for elf_link_input_bfd. */ symtab_hdr->contents = (unsigned char *) isymbuf; } } if (contents != NULL && elf_section_data (isec)->this_hdr.contents != contents) { if (!changes && !link_info->keep_memory) free (contents); else { /* Cache the section contents for elf_link_input_bfd. */ elf_section_data (isec)->this_hdr.contents = contents; } } if (changes != 0) { /* Append sufficient NOP relocs so we can write out relocation information for the trampolines. */ Elf_Internal_Shdr *rel_hdr; Elf_Internal_Rela *new_relocs = bfd_malloc ((changes + isec->reloc_count) * sizeof (*new_relocs)); unsigned ix; if (!new_relocs) goto error_return; memcpy (new_relocs, internal_relocs, isec->reloc_count * sizeof (*new_relocs)); for (ix = changes; ix--;) { irel = new_relocs + ix + isec->reloc_count; irel->r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_PPC_NONE); } if (internal_relocs != elf_section_data (isec)->relocs) free (internal_relocs); elf_section_data (isec)->relocs = new_relocs; isec->reloc_count += changes; rel_hdr = _bfd_elf_single_rel_hdr (isec); rel_hdr->sh_size += changes * rel_hdr->sh_entsize; } else if (elf_section_data (isec)->relocs != internal_relocs) free (internal_relocs); *again = changes != 0; if (!*again && link_info->relocatable) { /* Convert the internal relax relocs to external form. */ for (irel = internal_relocs; irel < irelend; irel++) if (ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info) == R_PPC_RELAX) { unsigned long r_symndx = ELF32_R_SYM (irel->r_info); /* Rewrite the reloc and convert one of the trailing nop relocs to describe this relocation. */ BFD_ASSERT (ELF32_R_TYPE (irelend[-1].r_info) == R_PPC_NONE); /* The relocs are at the bottom 2 bytes */ irel[0].r_offset += 2; memmove (irel + 1, irel, (irelend - irel - 1) * sizeof (*irel)); irel[0].r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx, R_PPC_ADDR16_HA); irel[1].r_offset += 4; irel[1].r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx, R_PPC_ADDR16_LO); irel++; } } return TRUE; error_return: if (isymbuf != NULL && (unsigned char *) isymbuf != symtab_hdr->contents) free (isymbuf); if (contents != NULL && elf_section_data (isec)->this_hdr.contents != contents) free (contents); if (internal_relocs != NULL && elf_section_data (isec)->relocs != internal_relocs) free (internal_relocs); return FALSE; } /* What to do when ld finds relocations against symbols defined in discarded sections. */ static unsigned int ppc_elf_action_discarded (asection *sec) { if (strcmp (".fixup", sec->name) == 0) return 0; if (strcmp (".got2", sec->name) == 0) return 0; return _bfd_elf_default_action_discarded (sec); } /* Fill in the address for a pointer generated in a linker section. */ static bfd_vma elf_finish_pointer_linker_section (bfd *input_bfd, elf_linker_section_t *lsect, struct elf_link_hash_entry *h, bfd_vma relocation, const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel) { elf_linker_section_pointers_t *linker_section_ptr; BFD_ASSERT (lsect != NULL); if (h != NULL) { /* Handle global symbol. */ struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry *eh; eh = (struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry *) h; BFD_ASSERT (eh->elf.def_regular); linker_section_ptr = eh->linker_section_pointer; } else { /* Handle local symbol. */ unsigned long r_symndx = ELF32_R_SYM (rel->r_info); BFD_ASSERT (is_ppc_elf (input_bfd)); BFD_ASSERT (elf_local_ptr_offsets (input_bfd) != NULL); linker_section_ptr = elf_local_ptr_offsets (input_bfd)[r_symndx]; } linker_section_ptr = elf_find_pointer_linker_section (linker_section_ptr, rel->r_addend, lsect); BFD_ASSERT (linker_section_ptr != NULL); /* Offset will always be a multiple of four, so use the bottom bit as a "written" flag. */ if ((linker_section_ptr->offset & 1) == 0) { bfd_put_32 (lsect->section->owner, relocation + linker_section_ptr->addend, lsect->section->contents + linker_section_ptr->offset); linker_section_ptr->offset += 1; } relocation = (lsect->section->output_section->vma + lsect->section->output_offset + linker_section_ptr->offset - 1 - SYM_VAL (lsect->sym)); #ifdef DEBUG fprintf (stderr, "Finish pointer in linker section %s, offset = %ld (0x%lx)\n", lsect->name, (long) relocation, (long) relocation); #endif return relocation; } #define PPC_LO(v) ((v) & 0xffff) #define PPC_HI(v) (((v) >> 16) & 0xffff) #define PPC_HA(v) PPC_HI ((v) + 0x8000) static void write_glink_stub (struct plt_entry *ent, asection *plt_sec, unsigned char *p, struct bfd_link_info *info) { struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (info); bfd *output_bfd = info->output_bfd; bfd_vma plt; plt = ((ent->plt.offset & ~1) + plt_sec->output_section->vma + plt_sec->output_offset); if (info->shared) { bfd_vma got = 0; if (ent->addend >= 32768) got = (ent->addend + ent->sec->output_section->vma + ent->sec->output_offset); else if (htab->elf.hgot != NULL) got = SYM_VAL (htab->elf.hgot); plt -= got; if (plt + 0x8000 < 0x10000) { bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, LWZ_11_30 + PPC_LO (plt), p); p += 4; bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, MTCTR_11, p); p += 4; bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, BCTR, p); p += 4; bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, NOP, p); p += 4; } else { bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, ADDIS_11_30 + PPC_HA (plt), p); p += 4; bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, LWZ_11_11 + PPC_LO (plt), p); p += 4; bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, MTCTR_11, p); p += 4; bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, BCTR, p); p += 4; } } else { bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, LIS_11 + PPC_HA (plt), p); p += 4; bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, LWZ_11_11 + PPC_LO (plt), p); p += 4; bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, MTCTR_11, p); p += 4; bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, BCTR, p); p += 4; } } /* Return true if symbol is defined statically. */ static bfd_boolean is_static_defined (struct elf_link_hash_entry *h) { return ((h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak) && h->root.u.def.section != NULL && h->root.u.def.section->output_section != NULL); } /* If INSN is an opcode that may be used with an @tls operand, return the transformed insn for TLS optimisation, otherwise return 0. If REG is non-zero only match an insn with RB or RA equal to REG. */ unsigned int _bfd_elf_ppc_at_tls_transform (unsigned int insn, unsigned int reg) { unsigned int rtra; if ((insn & (0x3f << 26)) != 31 << 26) return 0; if (reg == 0 || ((insn >> 11) & 0x1f) == reg) rtra = insn & ((1 << 26) - (1 << 16)); else if (((insn >> 16) & 0x1f) == reg) rtra = (insn & (0x1f << 21)) | ((insn & (0x1f << 11)) << 5); else return 0; if ((insn & (0x3ff << 1)) == 266 << 1) /* add -> addi. */ insn = 14 << 26; else if ((insn & (0x1f << 1)) == 23 << 1 && ((insn & (0x1f << 6)) < 14 << 6 || ((insn & (0x1f << 6)) >= 16 << 6 && (insn & (0x1f << 6)) < 24 << 6))) /* load and store indexed -> dform. */ insn = (32 | ((insn >> 6) & 0x1f)) << 26; else if ((insn & (((0x1a << 5) | 0x1f) << 1)) == 21 << 1) /* ldx, ldux, stdx, stdux -> ld, ldu, std, stdu. */ insn = ((58 | ((insn >> 6) & 4)) << 26) | ((insn >> 6) & 1); else if ((insn & (((0x1f << 5) | 0x1f) << 1)) == 341 << 1) /* lwax -> lwa. */ insn = (58 << 26) | 2; else return 0; insn |= rtra; return insn; } /* If INSN is an opcode that may be used with an @tprel operand, return the transformed insn for an undefined weak symbol, ie. with the thread pointer REG operand removed. Otherwise return 0. */ unsigned int _bfd_elf_ppc_at_tprel_transform (unsigned int insn, unsigned int reg) { if ((insn & (0x1f << 16)) == reg << 16 && ((insn & (0x3f << 26)) == 14u << 26 /* addi */ || (insn & (0x3f << 26)) == 15u << 26 /* addis */ || (insn & (0x3f << 26)) == 32u << 26 /* lwz */ || (insn & (0x3f << 26)) == 34u << 26 /* lbz */ || (insn & (0x3f << 26)) == 36u << 26 /* stw */ || (insn & (0x3f << 26)) == 38u << 26 /* stb */ || (insn & (0x3f << 26)) == 40u << 26 /* lhz */ || (insn & (0x3f << 26)) == 42u << 26 /* lha */ || (insn & (0x3f << 26)) == 44u << 26 /* sth */ || (insn & (0x3f << 26)) == 46u << 26 /* lmw */ || (insn & (0x3f << 26)) == 47u << 26 /* stmw */ || (insn & (0x3f << 26)) == 48u << 26 /* lfs */ || (insn & (0x3f << 26)) == 50u << 26 /* lfd */ || (insn & (0x3f << 26)) == 52u << 26 /* stfs */ || (insn & (0x3f << 26)) == 54u << 26 /* stfd */ || ((insn & (0x3f << 26)) == 58u << 26 /* lwa,ld,lmd */ && (insn & 3) != 1) || ((insn & (0x3f << 26)) == 62u << 26 /* std, stmd */ && ((insn & 3) == 0 || (insn & 3) == 3)))) { insn &= ~(0x1f << 16); } else if ((insn & (0x1f << 21)) == reg << 21 && ((insn & (0x3e << 26)) == 24u << 26 /* ori, oris */ || (insn & (0x3e << 26)) == 26u << 26 /* xori,xoris */ || (insn & (0x3e << 26)) == 28u << 26 /* andi,andis */)) { insn &= ~(0x1f << 21); insn |= (insn & (0x1f << 16)) << 5; if ((insn & (0x3e << 26)) == 26 << 26 /* xori,xoris */) insn -= 2 >> 26; /* convert to ori,oris */ } else insn = 0; return insn; } /* The RELOCATE_SECTION function is called by the ELF backend linker to handle the relocations for a section. The relocs are always passed as Rela structures; if the section actually uses Rel structures, the r_addend field will always be zero. This function is responsible for adjust the section contents as necessary, and (if using Rela relocs and generating a relocatable output file) adjusting the reloc addend as necessary. This function does not have to worry about setting the reloc address or the reloc symbol index. LOCAL_SYMS is a pointer to the swapped in local symbols. LOCAL_SECTIONS is an array giving the section in the input file corresponding to the st_shndx field of each local symbol. The global hash table entry for the global symbols can be found via elf_sym_hashes (input_bfd). When generating relocatable output, this function must handle STB_LOCAL/STT_SECTION symbols specially. The output symbol is going to be the section symbol corresponding to the output section, which means that the addend must be adjusted accordingly. */ static bfd_boolean ppc_elf_relocate_section (bfd *output_bfd, struct bfd_link_info *info, bfd *input_bfd, asection *input_section, bfd_byte *contents, Elf_Internal_Rela *relocs, Elf_Internal_Sym *local_syms, asection **local_sections) { Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr; struct elf_link_hash_entry **sym_hashes; struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab; Elf_Internal_Rela *rel; Elf_Internal_Rela *relend; Elf_Internal_Rela outrel; asection *got2, *sreloc = NULL; bfd_vma *local_got_offsets; bfd_boolean ret = TRUE; bfd_vma d_offset = (bfd_big_endian (output_bfd) ? 2 : 0); bfd_boolean is_vxworks_tls; #ifdef DEBUG _bfd_error_handler ("ppc_elf_relocate_section called for %B section %A, " "%ld relocations%s", input_bfd, input_section, (long) input_section->reloc_count, (info->relocatable) ? " (relocatable)" : ""); #endif got2 = bfd_get_section_by_name (input_bfd, ".got2"); /* Initialize howto table if not already done. */ if (!ppc_elf_howto_table[R_PPC_ADDR32]) ppc_elf_howto_init (); htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (info); local_got_offsets = elf_local_got_offsets (input_bfd); symtab_hdr = &elf_symtab_hdr (input_bfd); sym_hashes = elf_sym_hashes (input_bfd); /* We have to handle relocations in vxworks .tls_vars sections specially, because the dynamic loader is 'weird'. */ is_vxworks_tls = (htab->is_vxworks && info->shared && !strcmp (input_section->output_section->name, ".tls_vars")); rel = relocs; relend = relocs + input_section->reloc_count; for (; rel < relend; rel++) { enum elf_ppc_reloc_type r_type; bfd_vma addend; bfd_reloc_status_type r; Elf_Internal_Sym *sym; asection *sec; struct elf_link_hash_entry *h; const char *sym_name; reloc_howto_type *howto; unsigned long r_symndx; bfd_vma relocation; bfd_vma branch_bit, from; bfd_boolean unresolved_reloc; bfd_boolean warned; unsigned int tls_type, tls_mask, tls_gd; struct plt_entry **ifunc; r_type = ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info); sym = NULL; sec = NULL; h = NULL; unresolved_reloc = FALSE; warned = FALSE; r_symndx = ELF32_R_SYM (rel->r_info); if (r_symndx < symtab_hdr->sh_info) { sym = local_syms + r_symndx; sec = local_sections[r_symndx]; sym_name = bfd_elf_sym_name (input_bfd, symtab_hdr, sym, sec); relocation = _bfd_elf_rela_local_sym (output_bfd, sym, &sec, rel); } else { RELOC_FOR_GLOBAL_SYMBOL (info, input_bfd, input_section, rel, r_symndx, symtab_hdr, sym_hashes, h, sec, relocation, unresolved_reloc, warned); sym_name = h->root.root.string; } if (sec != NULL && elf_discarded_section (sec)) { /* For relocs against symbols from removed linkonce sections, or sections discarded by a linker script, we just want the section contents zeroed. Avoid any special processing. */ howto = NULL; if (r_type < R_PPC_max) howto = ppc_elf_howto_table[r_type]; RELOC_AGAINST_DISCARDED_SECTION (info, input_bfd, input_section, rel, relend, howto, contents); } if (info->relocatable) { if (got2 != NULL && r_type == R_PPC_PLTREL24 && rel->r_addend >= 32768) { /* R_PPC_PLTREL24 is rather special. If non-zero, the addend specifies the GOT pointer offset within .got2. */ rel->r_addend += got2->output_offset; } continue; } /* TLS optimizations. Replace instruction sequences and relocs based on information we collected in tls_optimize. We edit RELOCS so that --emit-relocs will output something sensible for the final instruction stream. */ tls_mask = 0; tls_gd = 0; if (h != NULL) tls_mask = ((struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry *) h)->tls_mask; else if (local_got_offsets != NULL) { struct plt_entry **local_plt; char *lgot_masks; local_plt = (struct plt_entry **) (local_got_offsets + symtab_hdr->sh_info); lgot_masks = (char *) (local_plt + symtab_hdr->sh_info); tls_mask = lgot_masks[r_symndx]; } /* Ensure reloc mapping code below stays sane. */ if ((R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16 & 3) != (R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16 & 3) || (R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_LO & 3) != (R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_LO & 3) || (R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HI & 3) != (R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HI & 3) || (R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HA & 3) != (R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HA & 3) || (R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16 & 3) != (R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16 & 3) || (R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_LO & 3) != (R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_LO & 3) || (R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HI & 3) != (R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HI & 3) || (R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HA & 3) != (R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HA & 3)) abort (); switch (r_type) { default: break; case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16: case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_LO: if ((tls_mask & TLS_TLS) != 0 && (tls_mask & TLS_TPREL) == 0) { bfd_vma insn; insn = bfd_get_32 (output_bfd, contents + rel->r_offset - d_offset); insn &= 31 << 21; insn |= 0x3c020000; /* addis 0,2,0 */ bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, insn, contents + rel->r_offset - d_offset); r_type = R_PPC_TPREL16_HA; rel->r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx, r_type); } break; case R_PPC_TLS: if ((tls_mask & TLS_TLS) != 0 && (tls_mask & TLS_TPREL) == 0) { bfd_vma insn; insn = bfd_get_32 (output_bfd, contents + rel->r_offset); insn = _bfd_elf_ppc_at_tls_transform (insn, 2); if (insn == 0) abort (); bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, insn, contents + rel->r_offset); r_type = R_PPC_TPREL16_LO; rel->r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx, r_type); /* Was PPC_TLS which sits on insn boundary, now PPC_TPREL16_LO which is at low-order half-word. */ rel->r_offset += d_offset; } break; case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HI: case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HA: tls_gd = TLS_TPRELGD; if ((tls_mask & TLS_TLS) != 0 && (tls_mask & TLS_GD) == 0) goto tls_gdld_hi; break; case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HI: case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HA: if ((tls_mask & TLS_TLS) != 0 && (tls_mask & TLS_LD) == 0) { tls_gdld_hi: if ((tls_mask & tls_gd) != 0) r_type = (((r_type - (R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16 & 3)) & 3) + R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16); else { bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, NOP, contents + rel->r_offset); rel->r_offset -= d_offset; r_type = R_PPC_NONE; } rel->r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx, r_type); } break; case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16: case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_LO: tls_gd = TLS_TPRELGD; if ((tls_mask & TLS_TLS) != 0 && (tls_mask & TLS_GD) == 0) goto tls_ldgd_opt; break; case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16: case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_LO: if ((tls_mask & TLS_TLS) != 0 && (tls_mask & TLS_LD) == 0) { unsigned int insn1, insn2; bfd_vma offset; tls_ldgd_opt: offset = (bfd_vma) -1; /* If not using the newer R_PPC_TLSGD/LD to mark __tls_get_addr calls, we must trust that the call stays with its arg setup insns, ie. that the next reloc is the __tls_get_addr call associated with the current reloc. Edit both insns. */ if (input_section->has_tls_get_addr_call && rel + 1 < relend && branch_reloc_hash_match (input_bfd, rel + 1, htab->tls_get_addr)) offset = rel[1].r_offset; if ((tls_mask & tls_gd) != 0) { /* IE */ insn1 = bfd_get_32 (output_bfd, contents + rel->r_offset - d_offset); insn1 &= (1 << 26) - 1; insn1 |= 32 << 26; /* lwz */ if (offset != (bfd_vma) -1) { rel[1].r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (STN_UNDEF, R_PPC_NONE); insn2 = 0x7c631214; /* add 3,3,2 */ bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, insn2, contents + offset); } r_type = (((r_type - (R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16 & 3)) & 3) + R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16); rel->r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx, r_type); } else { /* LE */ insn1 = 0x3c620000; /* addis 3,2,0 */ if (tls_gd == 0) { /* Was an LD reloc. */ for (r_symndx = 0; r_symndx < symtab_hdr->sh_info; r_symndx++) if (local_sections[r_symndx] == sec) break; if (r_symndx >= symtab_hdr->sh_info) r_symndx = STN_UNDEF; rel->r_addend = htab->elf.tls_sec->vma + DTP_OFFSET; if (r_symndx != STN_UNDEF) rel->r_addend -= (local_syms[r_symndx].st_value + sec->output_offset + sec->output_section->vma); } r_type = R_PPC_TPREL16_HA; rel->r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx, r_type); if (offset != (bfd_vma) -1) { rel[1].r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx, R_PPC_TPREL16_LO); rel[1].r_offset = offset + d_offset; rel[1].r_addend = rel->r_addend; insn2 = 0x38630000; /* addi 3,3,0 */ bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, insn2, contents + offset); } } bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, insn1, contents + rel->r_offset - d_offset); if (tls_gd == 0) { /* We changed the symbol on an LD reloc. Start over in order to get h, sym, sec etc. right. */ rel--; continue; } } break; case R_PPC_TLSGD: if ((tls_mask & TLS_TLS) != 0 && (tls_mask & TLS_GD) == 0) { unsigned int insn2; bfd_vma offset = rel->r_offset; if ((tls_mask & TLS_TPRELGD) != 0) { /* IE */ r_type = R_PPC_NONE; insn2 = 0x7c631214; /* add 3,3,2 */ } else { /* LE */ r_type = R_PPC_TPREL16_LO; rel->r_offset += d_offset; insn2 = 0x38630000; /* addi 3,3,0 */ } rel->r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx, r_type); bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, insn2, contents + offset); /* Zap the reloc on the _tls_get_addr call too. */ BFD_ASSERT (offset == rel[1].r_offset); rel[1].r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (STN_UNDEF, R_PPC_NONE); } break; case R_PPC_TLSLD: if ((tls_mask & TLS_TLS) != 0 && (tls_mask & TLS_LD) == 0) { unsigned int insn2; for (r_symndx = 0; r_symndx < symtab_hdr->sh_info; r_symndx++) if (local_sections[r_symndx] == sec) break; if (r_symndx >= symtab_hdr->sh_info) r_symndx = STN_UNDEF; rel->r_addend = htab->elf.tls_sec->vma + DTP_OFFSET; if (r_symndx != STN_UNDEF) rel->r_addend -= (local_syms[r_symndx].st_value + sec->output_offset + sec->output_section->vma); rel->r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx, R_PPC_TPREL16_LO); rel->r_offset += d_offset; insn2 = 0x38630000; /* addi 3,3,0 */ bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, insn2, contents + rel->r_offset - d_offset); /* Zap the reloc on the _tls_get_addr call too. */ BFD_ASSERT (rel->r_offset - d_offset == rel[1].r_offset); rel[1].r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (STN_UNDEF, R_PPC_NONE); rel--; continue; } break; } /* Handle other relocations that tweak non-addend part of insn. */ branch_bit = 0; switch (r_type) { default: break; /* Branch taken prediction relocations. */ case R_PPC_ADDR14_BRTAKEN: case R_PPC_REL14_BRTAKEN: branch_bit = BRANCH_PREDICT_BIT; /* Fall thru */ /* Branch not taken prediction relocations. */ case R_PPC_ADDR14_BRNTAKEN: case R_PPC_REL14_BRNTAKEN: { bfd_vma insn; insn = bfd_get_32 (output_bfd, contents + rel->r_offset); insn &= ~BRANCH_PREDICT_BIT; insn |= branch_bit; from = (rel->r_offset + input_section->output_offset + input_section->output_section->vma); /* Invert 'y' bit if not the default. */ if ((bfd_signed_vma) (relocation + rel->r_addend - from) < 0) insn ^= BRANCH_PREDICT_BIT; bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, insn, contents + rel->r_offset); break; } } ifunc = NULL; if (!htab->is_vxworks) { struct plt_entry *ent; if (h != NULL) { if (h->type == STT_GNU_IFUNC) ifunc = &h->plt.plist; } else if (local_got_offsets != NULL && ELF_ST_TYPE (sym->st_info) == STT_GNU_IFUNC) { struct plt_entry **local_plt; local_plt = (struct plt_entry **) (local_got_offsets + symtab_hdr->sh_info); ifunc = local_plt + r_symndx; } ent = NULL; if (ifunc != NULL && (!info->shared || is_branch_reloc (r_type))) { addend = 0; if (r_type == R_PPC_PLTREL24 && info->shared) addend = rel->r_addend; ent = find_plt_ent (ifunc, got2, addend); } if (ent != NULL) { if (h == NULL && (ent->plt.offset & 1) == 0) { Elf_Internal_Rela rela; bfd_byte *loc; rela.r_offset = (htab->iplt->output_section->vma + htab->iplt->output_offset + ent->plt.offset); rela.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_PPC_IRELATIVE); rela.r_addend = relocation; loc = htab->reliplt->contents; loc += (htab->reliplt->reloc_count++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela)); bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rela, loc); ent->plt.offset |= 1; } if (h == NULL && (ent->glink_offset & 1) == 0) { unsigned char *p = ((unsigned char *) htab->glink->contents + ent->glink_offset); write_glink_stub (ent, htab->iplt, p, info); ent->glink_offset |= 1; } unresolved_reloc = FALSE; if (htab->plt_type == PLT_NEW || !htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created || h == NULL) relocation = (htab->glink->output_section->vma + htab->glink->output_offset + (ent->glink_offset & ~1)); else relocation = (htab->plt->output_section->vma + htab->plt->output_offset + ent->plt.offset); } } addend = rel->r_addend; tls_type = 0; howto = NULL; if (r_type < R_PPC_max) howto = ppc_elf_howto_table[r_type]; switch (r_type) { default: info->callbacks->einfo (_("%B: unknown relocation type %d for symbol %s\n"), input_bfd, (int) r_type, sym_name); bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value); ret = FALSE; continue; case R_PPC_NONE: case R_PPC_TLS: case R_PPC_TLSGD: case R_PPC_TLSLD: case R_PPC_EMB_MRKREF: case R_PPC_GNU_VTINHERIT: case R_PPC_GNU_VTENTRY: continue; /* GOT16 relocations. Like an ADDR16 using the symbol's address in the GOT as relocation value instead of the symbol's value itself. Also, create a GOT entry for the symbol and put the symbol value there. */ case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16: case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_LO: case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HI: case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HA: tls_type = TLS_TLS | TLS_GD; goto dogot; case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16: case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_LO: case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HI: case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HA: tls_type = TLS_TLS | TLS_LD; goto dogot; case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16: case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_LO: case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HI: case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HA: tls_type = TLS_TLS | TLS_TPREL; goto dogot; case R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16: case R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_LO: case R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_HI: case R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_HA: tls_type = TLS_TLS | TLS_DTPREL; goto dogot; case R_PPC_GOT16: case R_PPC_GOT16_LO: case R_PPC_GOT16_HI: case R_PPC_GOT16_HA: tls_mask = 0; dogot: { /* Relocation is to the entry for this symbol in the global offset table. */ bfd_vma off; bfd_vma *offp; unsigned long indx; if (htab->got == NULL) abort (); indx = 0; if (tls_type == (TLS_TLS | TLS_LD) && (h == NULL || !h->def_dynamic)) offp = &htab->tlsld_got.offset; else if (h != NULL) { bfd_boolean dyn; dyn = htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created; if (! WILL_CALL_FINISH_DYNAMIC_SYMBOL (dyn, info->shared, h) || (info->shared && SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info, h))) /* This is actually a static link, or it is a -Bsymbolic link and the symbol is defined locally, or the symbol was forced to be local because of a version file. */ ; else { indx = h->dynindx; unresolved_reloc = FALSE; } offp = &h->got.offset; } else { if (local_got_offsets == NULL) abort (); offp = &local_got_offsets[r_symndx]; } /* The offset must always be a multiple of 4. We use the least significant bit to record whether we have already processed this entry. */ off = *offp; if ((off & 1) != 0) off &= ~1; else { unsigned int tls_m = (tls_mask & (TLS_LD | TLS_GD | TLS_DTPREL | TLS_TPREL | TLS_TPRELGD)); if (offp == &htab->tlsld_got.offset) tls_m = TLS_LD; else if (h == NULL || !h->def_dynamic) tls_m &= ~TLS_LD; /* We might have multiple got entries for this sym. Initialize them all. */ do { int tls_ty = 0; if ((tls_m & TLS_LD) != 0) { tls_ty = TLS_TLS | TLS_LD; tls_m &= ~TLS_LD; } else if ((tls_m & TLS_GD) != 0) { tls_ty = TLS_TLS | TLS_GD; tls_m &= ~TLS_GD; } else if ((tls_m & TLS_DTPREL) != 0) { tls_ty = TLS_TLS | TLS_DTPREL; tls_m &= ~TLS_DTPREL; } else if ((tls_m & (TLS_TPREL | TLS_TPRELGD)) != 0) { tls_ty = TLS_TLS | TLS_TPREL; tls_m = 0; } /* Generate relocs for the dynamic linker. */ if ((info->shared || indx != 0) && (offp == &htab->tlsld_got.offset || h == NULL || ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) == STV_DEFAULT || h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak)) { asection *rsec = htab->relgot; bfd_byte * loc; outrel.r_offset = (htab->got->output_section->vma + htab->got->output_offset + off); outrel.r_addend = 0; if (tls_ty & (TLS_LD | TLS_GD)) { outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (indx, R_PPC_DTPMOD32); if (tls_ty == (TLS_TLS | TLS_GD)) { loc = rsec->contents; loc += (rsec->reloc_count++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela)); bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &outrel, loc); outrel.r_offset += 4; outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (indx, R_PPC_DTPREL32); } } else if (tls_ty == (TLS_TLS | TLS_DTPREL)) outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (indx, R_PPC_DTPREL32); else if (tls_ty == (TLS_TLS | TLS_TPREL)) outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (indx, R_PPC_TPREL32); else if (indx != 0) outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (indx, R_PPC_GLOB_DAT); else if (ifunc != NULL) outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_PPC_IRELATIVE); else outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_PPC_RELATIVE); if (indx == 0 && tls_ty != (TLS_TLS | TLS_LD)) { outrel.r_addend += relocation; if (tls_ty & (TLS_GD | TLS_DTPREL | TLS_TPREL)) outrel.r_addend -= htab->elf.tls_sec->vma; } loc = rsec->contents; loc += (rsec->reloc_count++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela)); bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &outrel, loc); } /* Init the .got section contents if we're not emitting a reloc. */ else { bfd_vma value = relocation; if (tls_ty == (TLS_TLS | TLS_LD)) value = 1; else if (tls_ty != 0) { value -= htab->elf.tls_sec->vma + DTP_OFFSET; if (tls_ty == (TLS_TLS | TLS_TPREL)) value += DTP_OFFSET - TP_OFFSET; if (tls_ty == (TLS_TLS | TLS_GD)) { bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, value, htab->got->contents + off + 4); value = 1; } } bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, value, htab->got->contents + off); } off += 4; if (tls_ty & (TLS_LD | TLS_GD)) off += 4; } while (tls_m != 0); off = *offp; *offp = off | 1; } if (off >= (bfd_vma) -2) abort (); if ((tls_type & TLS_TLS) != 0) { if (tls_type != (TLS_TLS | TLS_LD)) { if ((tls_mask & TLS_LD) != 0 && !(h == NULL || !h->def_dynamic)) off += 8; if (tls_type != (TLS_TLS | TLS_GD)) { if ((tls_mask & TLS_GD) != 0) off += 8; if (tls_type != (TLS_TLS | TLS_DTPREL)) { if ((tls_mask & TLS_DTPREL) != 0) off += 4; } } } } relocation = (htab->got->output_section->vma + htab->got->output_offset + off - SYM_VAL (htab->elf.hgot)); /* Addends on got relocations don't make much sense. x+off@got is actually x@got+off, and since the got is generated by a hash table traversal, the value in the got at entry m+n bears little relation to the entry m. */ if (addend != 0) info->callbacks->einfo (_("%H: non-zero addend on %s reloc against `%s'\n"), input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset, howto->name, sym_name); } break; /* Relocations that need no special processing. */ case R_PPC_LOCAL24PC: /* It makes no sense to point a local relocation at a symbol not in this object. */ if (unresolved_reloc) { if (! (*info->callbacks->undefined_symbol) (info, h->root.root.string, input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset, TRUE)) return FALSE; continue; } break; case R_PPC_DTPREL16: case R_PPC_DTPREL16_LO: case R_PPC_DTPREL16_HI: case R_PPC_DTPREL16_HA: addend -= htab->elf.tls_sec->vma + DTP_OFFSET; break; /* Relocations that may need to be propagated if this is a shared object. */ case R_PPC_TPREL16: case R_PPC_TPREL16_LO: case R_PPC_TPREL16_HI: case R_PPC_TPREL16_HA: if (h != NULL && h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak && h->dynindx == -1) { /* Make this relocation against an undefined weak symbol resolve to zero. This is really just a tweak, since code using weak externs ought to check that they are defined before using them. */ bfd_byte *p = contents + rel->r_offset - d_offset; unsigned int insn = bfd_get_32 (output_bfd, p); insn = _bfd_elf_ppc_at_tprel_transform (insn, 2); if (insn != 0) bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, insn, p); break; } addend -= htab->elf.tls_sec->vma + TP_OFFSET; /* The TPREL16 relocs shouldn't really be used in shared libs as they will result in DT_TEXTREL being set, but support them anyway. */ goto dodyn; case R_PPC_TPREL32: addend -= htab->elf.tls_sec->vma + TP_OFFSET; goto dodyn; case R_PPC_DTPREL32: addend -= htab->elf.tls_sec->vma + DTP_OFFSET; goto dodyn; case R_PPC_DTPMOD32: relocation = 1; addend = 0; goto dodyn; case R_PPC_REL16: case R_PPC_REL16_LO: case R_PPC_REL16_HI: case R_PPC_REL16_HA: break; case R_PPC_REL32: if (h == NULL || h == htab->elf.hgot) break; /* fall through */ case R_PPC_ADDR32: case R_PPC_ADDR16: case R_PPC_ADDR16_LO: case R_PPC_ADDR16_HI: case R_PPC_ADDR16_HA: case R_PPC_UADDR32: case R_PPC_UADDR16: goto dodyn; case R_PPC_REL24: case R_PPC_REL14: case R_PPC_REL14_BRTAKEN: case R_PPC_REL14_BRNTAKEN: /* If these relocations are not to a named symbol, they can be handled right here, no need to bother the dynamic linker. */ if (SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h) || h == htab->elf.hgot) break; /* fall through */ case R_PPC_ADDR24: case R_PPC_ADDR14: case R_PPC_ADDR14_BRTAKEN: case R_PPC_ADDR14_BRNTAKEN: if (h != NULL && !info->shared) break; /* fall through */ dodyn: if ((input_section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) == 0 || is_vxworks_tls) break; if ((info->shared && !(h != NULL && ((h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefined && (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) == STV_HIDDEN || ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) == STV_INTERNAL)) || (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak && ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) != STV_DEFAULT))) && (must_be_dyn_reloc (info, r_type) || !SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h))) || (ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS && !info->shared && h != NULL && h->dynindx != -1 && !h->non_got_ref && !h->def_regular)) { int skip; bfd_byte * loc; #ifdef DEBUG fprintf (stderr, "ppc_elf_relocate_section needs to " "create relocation for %s\n", (h && h->root.root.string ? h->root.root.string : "<unknown>")); #endif /* When generating a shared object, these relocations are copied into the output file to be resolved at run time. */ if (sreloc == NULL) { sreloc = elf_section_data (input_section)->sreloc; if (!htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created) sreloc = htab->reliplt; if (sreloc == NULL) return FALSE; } skip = 0; outrel.r_offset = _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd, info, input_section, rel->r_offset); if (outrel.r_offset == (bfd_vma) -1 || outrel.r_offset == (bfd_vma) -2) skip = (int) outrel.r_offset; outrel.r_offset += (input_section->output_section->vma + input_section->output_offset); if (skip) memset (&outrel, 0, sizeof outrel); else if ((h != NULL && (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefined || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak)) || !SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info, h)) { unresolved_reloc = FALSE; outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (h->dynindx, r_type); outrel.r_addend = rel->r_addend; } else { outrel.r_addend = relocation + rel->r_addend; if (r_type != R_PPC_ADDR32) { long indx = 0; if (ifunc != NULL) { /* If we get here when building a static executable, then the libc startup function responsible for applying indirect function relocations is going to complain about the reloc type. If we get here when building a dynamic executable, it will be because we have a text relocation. The dynamic loader will set the text segment writable and non-executable to apply text relocations. So we'll segfault when trying to run the indirection function to resolve the reloc. */ info->callbacks->einfo (_("%H: relocation %s for indirect " "function %s unsupported\n"), input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset, howto->name, sym_name); ret = FALSE; } else if (r_symndx == STN_UNDEF || bfd_is_abs_section (sec)) ; else if (sec == NULL || sec->owner == NULL) { bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value); ret = FALSE; } else { asection *osec; /* We are turning this relocation into one against a section symbol. It would be proper to subtract the symbol's value, osec->vma, from the emitted reloc addend, but ld.so expects buggy relocs. FIXME: Why not always use a zero index? */ osec = sec->output_section; indx = elf_section_data (osec)->dynindx; if (indx == 0) { osec = htab->elf.text_index_section; indx = elf_section_data (osec)->dynindx; } BFD_ASSERT (indx != 0); #ifdef DEBUG if (indx == 0) printf ("indx=%ld section=%s flags=%08x name=%s\n", indx, osec->name, osec->flags, h->root.root.string); #endif } outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (indx, r_type); } else if (ifunc != NULL) outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_PPC_IRELATIVE); else outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_PPC_RELATIVE); } loc = sreloc->contents; loc += sreloc->reloc_count++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela); bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &outrel, loc); if (skip == -1) continue; /* This reloc will be computed at runtime. We clear the memory so that it contains predictable value. */ if (! skip && ((input_section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0 || ELF32_R_TYPE (outrel.r_info) != R_PPC_RELATIVE)) { relocation = howto->pc_relative ? outrel.r_offset : 0; addend = 0; break; } } break; case R_PPC_RELAX_PLT: case R_PPC_RELAX_PLTREL24: if (h != NULL) { struct plt_entry *ent; bfd_vma got2_addend = 0; if (r_type == R_PPC_RELAX_PLTREL24) { if (info->shared) got2_addend = addend; addend = 0; } ent = find_plt_ent (&h->plt.plist, got2, got2_addend); if (htab->plt_type == PLT_NEW) relocation = (htab->glink->output_section->vma + htab->glink->output_offset + ent->glink_offset); else relocation = (htab->plt->output_section->vma + htab->plt->output_offset + ent->plt.offset); } /* Fall thru */ case R_PPC_RELAX: if (info->shared) relocation -= (input_section->output_section->vma + input_section->output_offset + rel->r_offset - 4); { unsigned long t0; unsigned long t1; t0 = bfd_get_32 (output_bfd, contents + rel->r_offset); t1 = bfd_get_32 (output_bfd, contents + rel->r_offset + 4); /* We're clearing the bits for R_PPC_ADDR16_HA and R_PPC_ADDR16_LO here. */ t0 &= ~0xffff; t1 &= ~0xffff; /* t0 is HA, t1 is LO */ relocation += addend; t0 |= ((relocation + 0x8000) >> 16) & 0xffff; t1 |= relocation & 0xffff; bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, t0, contents + rel->r_offset); bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, t1, contents + rel->r_offset + 4); /* Rewrite the reloc and convert one of the trailing nop relocs to describe this relocation. */ BFD_ASSERT (ELF32_R_TYPE (relend[-1].r_info) == R_PPC_NONE); /* The relocs are at the bottom 2 bytes */ rel[0].r_offset += 2; memmove (rel + 1, rel, (relend - rel - 1) * sizeof (*rel)); rel[0].r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx, R_PPC_ADDR16_HA); rel[1].r_offset += 4; rel[1].r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx, R_PPC_ADDR16_LO); rel++; } continue; /* Indirect .sdata relocation. */ case R_PPC_EMB_SDAI16: BFD_ASSERT (htab->sdata[0].section != NULL); if (!is_static_defined (htab->sdata[0].sym)) { unresolved_reloc = TRUE; break; } relocation = elf_finish_pointer_linker_section (input_bfd, &htab->sdata[0], h, relocation, rel); addend = 0; break; /* Indirect .sdata2 relocation. */ case R_PPC_EMB_SDA2I16: BFD_ASSERT (htab->sdata[1].section != NULL); if (!is_static_defined (htab->sdata[1].sym)) { unresolved_reloc = TRUE; break; } relocation = elf_finish_pointer_linker_section (input_bfd, &htab->sdata[1], h, relocation, rel); addend = 0; break; /* Handle the TOC16 reloc. We want to use the offset within the .got section, not the actual VMA. This is appropriate when generating an embedded ELF object, for which the .got section acts like the AIX .toc section. */ case R_PPC_TOC16: /* phony GOT16 relocations */ if (sec == NULL || sec->output_section == NULL) { unresolved_reloc = TRUE; break; } BFD_ASSERT (strcmp (bfd_get_section_name (abfd, sec), ".got") == 0 || strcmp (bfd_get_section_name (abfd, sec), ".cgot") == 0); addend -= sec->output_section->vma + sec->output_offset + 0x8000; break; case R_PPC_PLTREL24: if (h == NULL || ifunc != NULL) break; /* Relocation is to the entry for this symbol in the procedure linkage table. */ { struct plt_entry *ent = find_plt_ent (&h->plt.plist, got2, info->shared ? addend : 0); addend = 0; if (ent == NULL || htab->plt == NULL) { /* We didn't make a PLT entry for this symbol. This happens when statically linking PIC code, or when using -Bsymbolic. */ break; } unresolved_reloc = FALSE; if (htab->plt_type == PLT_NEW) relocation = (htab->glink->output_section->vma + htab->glink->output_offset + ent->glink_offset); else relocation = (htab->plt->output_section->vma + htab->plt->output_offset + ent->plt.offset); } break; /* Relocate against _SDA_BASE_. */ case R_PPC_SDAREL16: { const char *name; struct elf_link_hash_entry *sda = htab->sdata[0].sym; if (sec == NULL || sec->output_section == NULL || !is_static_defined (sda)) { unresolved_reloc = TRUE; break; } addend -= SYM_VAL (sda); name = bfd_get_section_name (abfd, sec->output_section); if (! ((CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".sdata") && (name[6] == 0 || name[6] == '.')) || (CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".sbss") && (name[5] == 0 || name[5] == '.')))) { info->callbacks->einfo (_("%B: the target (%s) of a %s relocation is " "in the wrong output section (%s)\n"), input_bfd, sym_name, howto->name, name); } } break; /* Relocate against _SDA2_BASE_. */ case R_PPC_EMB_SDA2REL: { const char *name; struct elf_link_hash_entry *sda = htab->sdata[1].sym; if (sec == NULL || sec->output_section == NULL || !is_static_defined (sda)) { unresolved_reloc = TRUE; break; } addend -= SYM_VAL (sda); name = bfd_get_section_name (abfd, sec->output_section); if (! (CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".sdata2") || CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".sbss2"))) { info->callbacks->einfo (_("%B: the target (%s) of a %s relocation is " "in the wrong output section (%s)\n"), input_bfd, sym_name, howto->name, name); } } break; /* Relocate against either _SDA_BASE_, _SDA2_BASE_, or 0. */ case R_PPC_EMB_SDA21: case R_PPC_EMB_RELSDA: { const char *name; int reg; struct elf_link_hash_entry *sda = NULL; if (sec == NULL || sec->output_section == NULL) { unresolved_reloc = TRUE; break; } name = bfd_get_section_name (abfd, sec->output_section); if (((CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".sdata") && (name[6] == 0 || name[6] == '.')) || (CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".sbss") && (name[5] == 0 || name[5] == '.')))) { reg = 13; sda = htab->sdata[0].sym; } else if (CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".sdata2") || CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".sbss2")) { reg = 2; sda = htab->sdata[1].sym; } else if (strcmp (name, ".PPC.EMB.sdata0") == 0 || strcmp (name, ".PPC.EMB.sbss0") == 0) { reg = 0; } else { info->callbacks->einfo (_("%B: the target (%s) of a %s relocation is " "in the wrong output section (%s)\n"), input_bfd, sym_name, howto->name, name); bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value); ret = FALSE; continue; } if (sda != NULL) { if (!is_static_defined (sda)) { unresolved_reloc = TRUE; break; } addend -= SYM_VAL (sda); } if (r_type == R_PPC_EMB_SDA21) { bfd_vma insn; /* Fill in register field. */ insn = bfd_get_32 (output_bfd, contents + rel->r_offset); insn = (insn & ~RA_REGISTER_MASK) | (reg << RA_REGISTER_SHIFT); bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, insn, contents + rel->r_offset); } } break; /* Relocate against the beginning of the section. */ case R_PPC_SECTOFF: case R_PPC_SECTOFF_LO: case R_PPC_SECTOFF_HI: case R_PPC_SECTOFF_HA: if (sec == NULL || sec->output_section == NULL) { unresolved_reloc = TRUE; break; } addend -= sec->output_section->vma; break; /* Negative relocations. */ case R_PPC_EMB_NADDR32: case R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16: case R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_LO: case R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_HI: case R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_HA: addend -= 2 * relocation; break; case R_PPC_COPY: case R_PPC_GLOB_DAT: case R_PPC_JMP_SLOT: case R_PPC_RELATIVE: case R_PPC_IRELATIVE: case R_PPC_PLT32: case R_PPC_PLTREL32: case R_PPC_PLT16_LO: case R_PPC_PLT16_HI: case R_PPC_PLT16_HA: case R_PPC_ADDR30: case R_PPC_EMB_RELSEC16: case R_PPC_EMB_RELST_LO: case R_PPC_EMB_RELST_HI: case R_PPC_EMB_RELST_HA: case R_PPC_EMB_BIT_FLD: info->callbacks->einfo (_("%B: relocation %s is not yet supported for symbol %s\n"), input_bfd, howto->name, sym_name); bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation); ret = FALSE; continue; } /* Do any further special processing. */ switch (r_type) { default: break; case R_PPC_ADDR16_HA: case R_PPC_REL16_HA: case R_PPC_SECTOFF_HA: case R_PPC_TPREL16_HA: case R_PPC_DTPREL16_HA: case R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_HA: case R_PPC_EMB_RELST_HA: /* It's just possible that this symbol is a weak symbol that's not actually defined anywhere. In that case, 'sec' would be NULL, and we should leave the symbol alone (it will be set to zero elsewhere in the link). */ if (sec == NULL) break; /* Fall thru */ case R_PPC_PLT16_HA: case R_PPC_GOT16_HA: case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HA: case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HA: case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HA: case R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_HA: /* Add 0x10000 if sign bit in 0:15 is set. Bits 0:15 are not used. */ addend += 0x8000; break; } #ifdef DEBUG fprintf (stderr, "\ttype = %s (%d), name = %s, symbol index = %ld, " "offset = %ld, addend = %ld\n", howto->name, (int) r_type, sym_name, r_symndx, (long) rel->r_offset, (long) addend); #endif if (unresolved_reloc && !((input_section->flags & SEC_DEBUGGING) != 0 && h->def_dynamic)) { info->callbacks->einfo (_("%H: unresolvable %s relocation against symbol `%s'\n"), input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset, howto->name, sym_name); ret = FALSE; } r = _bfd_final_link_relocate (howto, input_bfd, input_section, contents, rel->r_offset, relocation, addend); if (r != bfd_reloc_ok) { if (r == bfd_reloc_overflow) { if (warned) continue; if (h != NULL && h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak && howto->pc_relative) { /* Assume this is a call protected by other code that detect the symbol is undefined. If this is the case, we can safely ignore the overflow. If not, the program is hosed anyway, and a little warning isn't going to help. */ continue; } if (! (*info->callbacks->reloc_overflow) (info, (h ? &h->root : NULL), sym_name, howto->name, rel->r_addend, input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset)) return FALSE; } else { info->callbacks->einfo (_("%H: %s reloc against `%s': error %d\n"), input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset, howto->name, sym_name, (int) r); ret = FALSE; } } } #ifdef DEBUG fprintf (stderr, "\n"); #endif return ret; } /* Finish up dynamic symbol handling. We set the contents of various dynamic sections here. */ static bfd_boolean ppc_elf_finish_dynamic_symbol (bfd *output_bfd, struct bfd_link_info *info, struct elf_link_hash_entry *h, Elf_Internal_Sym *sym) { struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab; struct plt_entry *ent; bfd_boolean doneone; #ifdef DEBUG fprintf (stderr, "ppc_elf_finish_dynamic_symbol called for %s", h->root.root.string); #endif htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (info); BFD_ASSERT (htab->elf.dynobj != NULL); doneone = FALSE; for (ent = h->plt.plist; ent != NULL; ent = ent->next) if (ent->plt.offset != (bfd_vma) -1) { if (!doneone) { Elf_Internal_Rela rela; bfd_byte *loc; bfd_vma reloc_index; if (htab->plt_type == PLT_NEW || !htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created || h->dynindx == -1) reloc_index = ent->plt.offset / 4; else { reloc_index = ((ent->plt.offset - htab->plt_initial_entry_size) / htab->plt_slot_size); if (reloc_index > PLT_NUM_SINGLE_ENTRIES && htab->plt_type == PLT_OLD) reloc_index -= (reloc_index - PLT_NUM_SINGLE_ENTRIES) / 2; } /* This symbol has an entry in the procedure linkage table. Set it up. */ if (htab->plt_type == PLT_VXWORKS && htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created && h->dynindx != -1) { bfd_vma got_offset; const bfd_vma *plt_entry; /* The first three entries in .got.plt are reserved. */ got_offset = (reloc_index + 3) * 4; /* Use the right PLT. */ plt_entry = info->shared ? ppc_elf_vxworks_pic_plt_entry : ppc_elf_vxworks_plt_entry; /* Fill in the .plt on VxWorks. */ if (info->shared) { bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[0] | PPC_HA (got_offset), htab->plt->contents + ent->plt.offset + 0); bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[1] | PPC_LO (got_offset), htab->plt->contents + ent->plt.offset + 4); } else { bfd_vma got_loc = got_offset + SYM_VAL (htab->elf.hgot); bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[0] | PPC_HA (got_loc), htab->plt->contents + ent->plt.offset + 0); bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[1] | PPC_LO (got_loc), htab->plt->contents + ent->plt.offset + 4); } bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[2], htab->plt->contents + ent->plt.offset + 8); bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[3], htab->plt->contents + ent->plt.offset + 12); /* This instruction is an immediate load. The value loaded is the byte offset of the R_PPC_JMP_SLOT relocation from the start of the .rela.plt section. The value is stored in the low-order 16 bits of the load instruction. */ /* NOTE: It appears that this is now an index rather than a prescaled offset. */ bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[4] | reloc_index, htab->plt->contents + ent->plt.offset + 16); /* This instruction is a PC-relative branch whose target is the start of the PLT section. The address of this branch instruction is 20 bytes beyond the start of this PLT entry. The address is encoded in bits 6-29, inclusive. The value stored is right-shifted by two bits, permitting a 26-bit offset. */ bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, (plt_entry[5] | (-(ent->plt.offset + 20) & 0x03fffffc)), htab->plt->contents + ent->plt.offset + 20); bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[6], htab->plt->contents + ent->plt.offset + 24); bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[7], htab->plt->contents + ent->plt.offset + 28); /* Fill in the GOT entry corresponding to this PLT slot with the address immediately after the the "bctr" instruction in this PLT entry. */ bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, (htab->plt->output_section->vma + htab->plt->output_offset + ent->plt.offset + 16), htab->sgotplt->contents + got_offset); if (!info->shared) { /* Fill in a couple of entries in .rela.plt.unloaded. */ loc = htab->srelplt2->contents + ((VXWORKS_PLTRESOLVE_RELOCS + reloc_index * VXWORKS_PLT_NON_JMP_SLOT_RELOCS) * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela)); /* Provide the @ha relocation for the first instruction. */ rela.r_offset = (htab->plt->output_section->vma + htab->plt->output_offset + ent->plt.offset + 2); rela.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->elf.hgot->indx, R_PPC_ADDR16_HA); rela.r_addend = got_offset; bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rela, loc); loc += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela); /* Provide the @l relocation for the second instruction. */ rela.r_offset = (htab->plt->output_section->vma + htab->plt->output_offset + ent->plt.offset + 6); rela.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->elf.hgot->indx, R_PPC_ADDR16_LO); rela.r_addend = got_offset; bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rela, loc); loc += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela); /* Provide a relocation for the GOT entry corresponding to this PLT slot. Point it at the middle of the .plt entry. */ rela.r_offset = (htab->sgotplt->output_section->vma + htab->sgotplt->output_offset + got_offset); rela.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->elf.hplt->indx, R_PPC_ADDR32); rela.r_addend = ent->plt.offset + 16; bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rela, loc); } /* VxWorks uses non-standard semantics for R_PPC_JMP_SLOT. In particular, the offset for the relocation is not the address of the PLT entry for this function, as specified by the ABI. Instead, the offset is set to the address of the GOT slot for this function. See EABI 4.4.4.1. */ rela.r_offset = (htab->sgotplt->output_section->vma + htab->sgotplt->output_offset + got_offset); } else { asection *splt = htab->plt; if (!htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created || h->dynindx == -1) splt = htab->iplt; rela.r_offset = (splt->output_section->vma + splt->output_offset + ent->plt.offset); if (htab->plt_type == PLT_OLD || !htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created || h->dynindx == -1) { /* We don't need to fill in the .plt. The ppc dynamic linker will fill it in. */ } else { bfd_vma val = (htab->glink_pltresolve + ent->plt.offset + htab->glink->output_section->vma + htab->glink->output_offset); bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, val, splt->contents + ent->plt.offset); } } /* Fill in the entry in the .rela.plt section. */ rela.r_addend = 0; if (!htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created || h->dynindx == -1) { BFD_ASSERT (h->type == STT_GNU_IFUNC && h->def_regular && (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak)); rela.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_PPC_IRELATIVE); rela.r_addend = SYM_VAL (h); } else rela.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (h->dynindx, R_PPC_JMP_SLOT); if (!htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created || h->dynindx == -1) loc = (htab->reliplt->contents + (htab->reliplt->reloc_count++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela))); else loc = (htab->relplt->contents + reloc_index * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela)); bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rela, loc); if (!h->def_regular) { /* Mark the symbol as undefined, rather than as defined in the .plt section. Leave the value if there were any relocations where pointer equality matters (this is a clue for the dynamic linker, to make function pointer comparisons work between an application and shared library), otherwise set it to zero. */ sym->st_shndx = SHN_UNDEF; if (!h->pointer_equality_needed) sym->st_value = 0; else if (!h->ref_regular_nonweak) { /* This breaks function pointer comparisons, but that is better than breaking tests for a NULL function pointer. */ sym->st_value = 0; } } else if (h->type == STT_GNU_IFUNC && !info->shared) { /* Set the value of ifunc symbols in a non-pie executable to the glink entry. This is to avoid text relocations. We can't do this for ifunc in allocate_dynrelocs, as we do for normal dynamic function symbols with plt entries, because we need to keep the original value around for the ifunc relocation. */ sym->st_shndx = (_bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (output_bfd, htab->glink->output_section)); sym->st_value = (ent->glink_offset + htab->glink->output_offset + htab->glink->output_section->vma); } doneone = TRUE; } if (htab->plt_type == PLT_NEW || !htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created || h->dynindx == -1) { unsigned char *p; asection *splt = htab->plt; if (!htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created || h->dynindx == -1) splt = htab->iplt; p = (unsigned char *) htab->glink->contents + ent->glink_offset; if (h == htab->tls_get_addr && !htab->no_tls_get_addr_opt) { bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, LWZ_11_3, p); p += 4; bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, LWZ_12_3 + 4, p); p += 4; bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, MR_0_3, p); p += 4; bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, CMPWI_11_0, p); p += 4; bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, ADD_3_12_2, p); p += 4; bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, BEQLR, p); p += 4; bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, MR_3_0, p); p += 4; bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, NOP, p); p += 4; } write_glink_stub (ent, splt, p, info); if (!info->shared) /* We only need one non-PIC glink stub. */ break; } else break; } if (h->needs_copy) { asection *s; Elf_Internal_Rela rela; bfd_byte *loc; /* This symbols needs a copy reloc. Set it up. */ #ifdef DEBUG fprintf (stderr, ", copy"); #endif BFD_ASSERT (h->dynindx != -1); if (ppc_elf_hash_entry (h)->has_sda_refs) s = htab->relsbss; else s = htab->relbss; BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL); rela.r_offset = SYM_VAL (h); rela.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (h->dynindx, R_PPC_COPY); rela.r_addend = 0; loc = s->contents + s->reloc_count++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela); bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rela, loc); } #ifdef DEBUG fprintf (stderr, "\n"); #endif /* Mark some specially defined symbols as absolute. */ if (strcmp (h->root.root.string, "_DYNAMIC") == 0 || (!htab->is_vxworks && (h == htab->elf.hgot || strcmp (h->root.root.string, "_PROCEDURE_LINKAGE_TABLE_") == 0))) sym->st_shndx = SHN_ABS; return TRUE; } static enum elf_reloc_type_class ppc_elf_reloc_type_class (const Elf_Internal_Rela *rela) { switch (ELF32_R_TYPE (rela->r_info)) { case R_PPC_RELATIVE: return reloc_class_relative; case R_PPC_REL24: case R_PPC_ADDR24: case R_PPC_JMP_SLOT: return reloc_class_plt; case R_PPC_COPY: return reloc_class_copy; default: return reloc_class_normal; } } /* Finish up the dynamic sections. */ static bfd_boolean ppc_elf_finish_dynamic_sections (bfd *output_bfd, struct bfd_link_info *info) { asection *sdyn; asection *splt; struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab; bfd_vma got; bfd *dynobj; bfd_boolean ret = TRUE; #ifdef DEBUG fprintf (stderr, "ppc_elf_finish_dynamic_sections called\n"); #endif htab = ppc_elf_hash_table (info); dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj; sdyn = bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj, ".dynamic"); if (htab->is_vxworks) splt = bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj, ".plt"); else splt = NULL; got = 0; if (htab->elf.hgot != NULL) got = SYM_VAL (htab->elf.hgot); if (htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created) { Elf32_External_Dyn *dyncon, *dynconend; BFD_ASSERT (htab->plt != NULL && sdyn != NULL); dyncon = (Elf32_External_Dyn *) sdyn->contents; dynconend = (Elf32_External_Dyn *) (sdyn->contents + sdyn->size); for (; dyncon < dynconend; dyncon++) { Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn; asection *s; bfd_elf32_swap_dyn_in (dynobj, dyncon, &dyn); switch (dyn.d_tag) { case DT_PLTGOT: if (htab->is_vxworks) s = htab->sgotplt; else s = htab->plt; dyn.d_un.d_ptr = s->output_section->vma + s->output_offset; break; case DT_PLTRELSZ: dyn.d_un.d_val = htab->relplt->size; break; case DT_JMPREL: s = htab->relplt; dyn.d_un.d_ptr = s->output_section->vma + s->output_offset; break; case DT_PPC_GOT: dyn.d_un.d_ptr = got; break; case DT_RELASZ: if (htab->is_vxworks) { if (htab->relplt) dyn.d_un.d_ptr -= htab->relplt->size; break; } continue; default: if (htab->is_vxworks && elf_vxworks_finish_dynamic_entry (output_bfd, &dyn)) break; continue; } bfd_elf32_swap_dyn_out (output_bfd, &dyn, dyncon); } } if (htab->got != NULL) { if (htab->elf.hgot->root.u.def.section == htab->got || htab->elf.hgot->root.u.def.section == htab->sgotplt) { unsigned char *p = htab->elf.hgot->root.u.def.section->contents; p += htab->elf.hgot->root.u.def.value; if (htab->plt_type == PLT_OLD) { /* Add a blrl instruction at _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_-4 so that a function can easily find the address of _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_. */ BFD_ASSERT (htab->elf.hgot->root.u.def.value - 4 < htab->elf.hgot->root.u.def.section->size); bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, 0x4e800021, p - 4); } if (sdyn != NULL) { bfd_vma val = sdyn->output_section->vma + sdyn->output_offset; BFD_ASSERT (htab->elf.hgot->root.u.def.value < htab->elf.hgot->root.u.def.section->size); bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, val, p); } } else { info->callbacks->einfo (_("%s not defined in linker created %s\n"), htab->elf.hgot->root.root.string, (htab->sgotplt != NULL ? htab->sgotplt->name : htab->got->name)); bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value); ret = FALSE; } elf_section_data (htab->got->output_section)->this_hdr.sh_entsize = 4; } /* Fill in the first entry in the VxWorks procedure linkage table. */ if (splt && splt->size > 0) { /* Use the right PLT. */ const bfd_vma *plt_entry = (info->shared ? ppc_elf_vxworks_pic_plt0_entry : ppc_elf_vxworks_plt0_entry); if (!info->shared) { bfd_vma got_value = SYM_VAL (htab->elf.hgot); bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[0] | PPC_HA (got_value), splt->contents + 0); bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[1] | PPC_LO (got_value), splt->contents + 4); } else { bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[0], splt->contents + 0); bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[1], splt->contents + 4); } bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[2], splt->contents + 8); bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[3], splt->contents + 12); bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[4], splt->contents + 16); bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[5], splt->contents + 20); bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[6], splt->contents + 24); bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[7], splt->contents + 28); if (! info->shared) { Elf_Internal_Rela rela; bfd_byte *loc; loc = htab->srelplt2->contents; /* Output the @ha relocation for the first instruction. */ rela.r_offset = (htab->plt->output_section->vma + htab->plt->output_offset + 2); rela.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->elf.hgot->indx, R_PPC_ADDR16_HA); rela.r_addend = 0; bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rela, loc); loc += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela); /* Output the @l relocation for the second instruction. */ rela.r_offset = (htab->plt->output_section->vma + htab->plt->output_offset + 6); rela.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->elf.hgot->indx, R_PPC_ADDR16_LO); rela.r_addend = 0; bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rela, loc); loc += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela); /* Fix up the remaining relocations. They may have the wrong symbol index for _G_O_T_ or _P_L_T_ depending on the order in which symbols were output. */ while (loc < htab->srelplt2->contents + htab->srelplt2->size) { Elf_Internal_Rela rel; bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_in (output_bfd, loc, &rel); rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->elf.hgot->indx, R_PPC_ADDR16_HA); bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_out (output_bfd, &rel, loc); loc += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela); bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_in (output_bfd, loc, &rel); rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->elf.hgot->indx, R_PPC_ADDR16_LO); bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_out (output_bfd, &rel, loc); loc += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela); bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_in (output_bfd, loc, &rel); rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->elf.hplt->indx, R_PPC_ADDR32); bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_out (output_bfd, &rel, loc); loc += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela); } } } if (htab->glink != NULL && htab->glink->contents != NULL && htab->elf.dynamic_sections_created) { unsigned char *p; unsigned char *endp; bfd_vma res0; unsigned int i; /* * PIC glink code is the following: * * # ith PLT code stub. * addis 11,30,(plt+(i-1)*4-got)@ha * lwz 11,(plt+(i-1)*4-got)@l(11) * mtctr 11 * bctr * * # A table of branches, one for each plt entry. * # The idea is that the plt call stub loads ctr and r11 with these * # addresses, so (r11 - res_0) gives the plt index * 4. * res_0: b PLTresolve * res_1: b PLTresolve * . * # Some number of entries towards the end can be nops * res_n_m3: nop * res_n_m2: nop * res_n_m1: * * PLTresolve: * addis 11,11,(1f-res_0)@ha * mflr 0 * bcl 20,31,1f * 1: addi 11,11,(1b-res_0)@l * mflr 12 * mtlr 0 * sub 11,11,12 # r11 = index * 4 * addis 12,12,(got+4-1b)@ha * lwz 0,(got+4-1b)@l(12) # got[1] address of dl_runtime_resolve * lwz 12,(got+8-1b)@l(12) # got[2] contains the map address * mtctr 0 * add 0,11,11 * add 11,0,11 # r11 = index * 12 = reloc offset. * bctr */ static const unsigned int pic_plt_resolve[] = { ADDIS_11_11, MFLR_0, BCL_20_31, ADDI_11_11, MFLR_12, MTLR_0, SUB_11_11_12, ADDIS_12_12, LWZ_0_12, LWZ_12_12, MTCTR_0, ADD_0_11_11, ADD_11_0_11, BCTR, NOP, NOP }; /* * Non-PIC glink code is a little simpler. * * # ith PLT code stub. * lis 11,(plt+(i-1)*4)@ha * lwz 11,(plt+(i-1)*4)@l(11) * mtctr 11 * bctr * * The branch table is the same, then comes * * PLTresolve: * lis 12,(got+4)@ha * addis 11,11,(-res_0)@ha * lwz 0,(got+4)@l(12) # got[1] address of dl_runtime_resolve * addi 11,11,(-res_0)@l # r11 = index * 4 * mtctr 0 * add 0,11,11 * lwz 12,(got+8)@l(12) # got[2] contains the map address * add 11,0,11 # r11 = index * 12 = reloc offset. * bctr */ static const unsigned int plt_resolve[] = { LIS_12, ADDIS_11_11, LWZ_0_12, ADDI_11_11, MTCTR_0, ADD_0_11_11, LWZ_12_12, ADD_11_0_11, BCTR, NOP, NOP, NOP, NOP, NOP, NOP, NOP }; if (ARRAY_SIZE (pic_plt_resolve) != GLINK_PLTRESOLVE / 4) abort (); if (ARRAY_SIZE (plt_resolve) != GLINK_PLTRESOLVE / 4) abort (); /* Build the branch table, one for each plt entry (less one), and perhaps some padding. */ p = htab->glink->contents; p += htab->glink_pltresolve; endp = htab->glink->contents; endp += htab->glink->size - GLINK_PLTRESOLVE; while (p < endp - 8 * 4) { bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, B + endp - p, p); p += 4; } while (p < endp) { bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, NOP, p); p += 4; } res0 = (htab->glink_pltresolve + htab->glink->output_section->vma + htab->glink->output_offset); /* Last comes the PLTresolve stub. */ if (info->shared) { bfd_vma bcl; for (i = 0; i < ARRAY_SIZE (pic_plt_resolve); i++) { bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, pic_plt_resolve[i], p); p += 4; } p -= 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (pic_plt_resolve); bcl = (htab->glink->size - GLINK_PLTRESOLVE + 3*4 + htab->glink->output_section->vma + htab->glink->output_offset); bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, ADDIS_11_11 + PPC_HA (bcl - res0), p + 0*4); bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, ADDI_11_11 + PPC_LO (bcl - res0), p + 3*4); bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, ADDIS_12_12 + PPC_HA (got + 4 - bcl), p + 7*4); if (PPC_HA (got + 4 - bcl) == PPC_HA (got + 8 - bcl)) { bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, LWZ_0_12 + PPC_LO (got + 4 - bcl), p + 8*4); bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, LWZ_12_12 + PPC_LO (got + 8 - bcl), p + 9*4); } else { bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, LWZU_0_12 + PPC_LO (got + 4 - bcl), p + 8*4); bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, LWZ_12_12 + 4, p + 9*4); } } else { for (i = 0; i < ARRAY_SIZE (plt_resolve); i++) { bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_resolve[i], p); p += 4; } p -= 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (plt_resolve); bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, LIS_12 + PPC_HA (got + 4), p + 0*4); bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, ADDIS_11_11 + PPC_HA (-res0), p + 1*4); bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, ADDI_11_11 + PPC_LO (-res0), p + 3*4); if (PPC_HA (got + 4) == PPC_HA (got + 8)) { bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, LWZ_0_12 + PPC_LO (got + 4), p + 2*4); bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, LWZ_12_12 + PPC_LO (got + 8), p + 6*4); } else { bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, LWZU_0_12 + PPC_LO (got + 4), p + 2*4); bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, LWZ_12_12 + 4, p + 6*4); } } } return ret; } #define TARGET_LITTLE_SYM bfd_elf32_powerpcle_vec #define TARGET_LITTLE_NAME "elf32-powerpcle" #define TARGET_BIG_SYM bfd_elf32_powerpc_vec #define TARGET_BIG_NAME "elf32-powerpc" #define ELF_ARCH bfd_arch_powerpc #define ELF_TARGET_ID PPC32_ELF_DATA #define ELF_MACHINE_CODE EM_PPC #ifdef __QNXTARGET__ #define ELF_MAXPAGESIZE 0x1000 #else #define ELF_MAXPAGESIZE 0x10000 #endif #define ELF_MINPAGESIZE 0x1000 #define ELF_COMMONPAGESIZE 0x1000 #define elf_info_to_howto ppc_elf_info_to_howto #ifdef EM_CYGNUS_POWERPC #define ELF_MACHINE_ALT1 EM_CYGNUS_POWERPC #endif #ifdef EM_PPC_OLD #define ELF_MACHINE_ALT2 EM_PPC_OLD #endif #define elf_backend_plt_not_loaded 1 #define elf_backend_can_gc_sections 1 #define elf_backend_can_refcount 1 #define elf_backend_rela_normal 1 #define bfd_elf32_mkobject ppc_elf_mkobject #define bfd_elf32_bfd_merge_private_bfd_data ppc_elf_merge_private_bfd_data #define bfd_elf32_bfd_relax_section ppc_elf_relax_section #define bfd_elf32_bfd_reloc_type_lookup ppc_elf_reloc_type_lookup #define bfd_elf32_bfd_reloc_name_lookup ppc_elf_reloc_name_lookup #define bfd_elf32_bfd_set_private_flags ppc_elf_set_private_flags #define bfd_elf32_bfd_link_hash_table_create ppc_elf_link_hash_table_create #define bfd_elf32_get_synthetic_symtab ppc_elf_get_synthetic_symtab #define elf_backend_object_p ppc_elf_object_p #define elf_backend_gc_mark_hook ppc_elf_gc_mark_hook #define elf_backend_gc_sweep_hook ppc_elf_gc_sweep_hook #define elf_backend_section_from_shdr ppc_elf_section_from_shdr #define elf_backend_relocate_section ppc_elf_relocate_section #define elf_backend_create_dynamic_sections ppc_elf_create_dynamic_sections #define elf_backend_check_relocs ppc_elf_check_relocs #define elf_backend_copy_indirect_symbol ppc_elf_copy_indirect_symbol #define elf_backend_adjust_dynamic_symbol ppc_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol #define elf_backend_add_symbol_hook ppc_elf_add_symbol_hook #define elf_backend_size_dynamic_sections ppc_elf_size_dynamic_sections #define elf_backend_hash_symbol ppc_elf_hash_symbol #define elf_backend_finish_dynamic_symbol ppc_elf_finish_dynamic_symbol #define elf_backend_finish_dynamic_sections ppc_elf_finish_dynamic_sections #define elf_backend_fake_sections ppc_elf_fake_sections #define elf_backend_additional_program_headers ppc_elf_additional_program_headers #define elf_backend_grok_prstatus ppc_elf_grok_prstatus #define elf_backend_grok_psinfo ppc_elf_grok_psinfo #define elf_backend_write_core_note ppc_elf_write_core_note #define elf_backend_reloc_type_class ppc_elf_reloc_type_class #define elf_backend_begin_write_processing ppc_elf_begin_write_processing #define elf_backend_final_write_processing ppc_elf_final_write_processing #define elf_backend_write_section ppc_elf_write_section #define elf_backend_get_sec_type_attr ppc_elf_get_sec_type_attr #define elf_backend_plt_sym_val ppc_elf_plt_sym_val #define elf_backend_action_discarded ppc_elf_action_discarded #define elf_backend_init_index_section _bfd_elf_init_1_index_section #define elf_backend_post_process_headers _bfd_elf_set_osabi #include "elf32-target.h" /* VxWorks Target */ #undef TARGET_LITTLE_SYM #undef TARGET_LITTLE_NAME #undef TARGET_BIG_SYM #define TARGET_BIG_SYM bfd_elf32_powerpc_vxworks_vec #undef TARGET_BIG_NAME #define TARGET_BIG_NAME "elf32-powerpc-vxworks" /* VxWorks uses the elf default section flags for .plt. */ static const struct bfd_elf_special_section * ppc_elf_vxworks_get_sec_type_attr (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, asection *sec) { if (sec->name == NULL) return NULL; if (strcmp (sec->name, ".plt") == 0) return _bfd_elf_get_sec_type_attr (abfd, sec); return ppc_elf_get_sec_type_attr (abfd, sec); } /* Like ppc_elf_link_hash_table_create, but overrides appropriately for VxWorks. */ static struct bfd_link_hash_table * ppc_elf_vxworks_link_hash_table_create (bfd *abfd) { struct bfd_link_hash_table *ret; ret = ppc_elf_link_hash_table_create (abfd); if (ret) { struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *htab = (struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *)ret; htab->is_vxworks = 1; htab->plt_type = PLT_VXWORKS; htab->plt_entry_size = VXWORKS_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE; htab->plt_slot_size = VXWORKS_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE; htab->plt_initial_entry_size = VXWORKS_PLT_INITIAL_ENTRY_SIZE; } return ret; } /* Tweak magic VxWorks symbols as they are loaded. */ static bfd_boolean ppc_elf_vxworks_add_symbol_hook (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info, Elf_Internal_Sym *sym, const char **namep ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, flagword *flagsp ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, asection **secp, bfd_vma *valp) { if (!elf_vxworks_add_symbol_hook(abfd, info, sym,namep, flagsp, secp, valp)) return FALSE; return ppc_elf_add_symbol_hook(abfd, info, sym,namep, flagsp, secp, valp); } static void ppc_elf_vxworks_final_write_processing (bfd *abfd, bfd_boolean linker) { ppc_elf_final_write_processing(abfd, linker); elf_vxworks_final_write_processing(abfd, linker); } /* On VxWorks, we emit relocations against _PROCEDURE_LINKAGE_TABLE_, so define it. */ #undef elf_backend_want_plt_sym #define elf_backend_want_plt_sym 1 #undef elf_backend_want_got_plt #define elf_backend_want_got_plt 1 #undef elf_backend_got_symbol_offset #define elf_backend_got_symbol_offset 0 #undef elf_backend_plt_not_loaded #define elf_backend_plt_not_loaded 0 #undef elf_backend_plt_readonly #define elf_backend_plt_readonly 1 #undef elf_backend_got_header_size #define elf_backend_got_header_size 12 #undef bfd_elf32_get_synthetic_symtab #undef bfd_elf32_bfd_link_hash_table_create #define bfd_elf32_bfd_link_hash_table_create \ ppc_elf_vxworks_link_hash_table_create #undef elf_backend_add_symbol_hook #define elf_backend_add_symbol_hook \ ppc_elf_vxworks_add_symbol_hook #undef elf_backend_link_output_symbol_hook #define elf_backend_link_output_symbol_hook \ elf_vxworks_link_output_symbol_hook #undef elf_backend_final_write_processing #define elf_backend_final_write_processing \ ppc_elf_vxworks_final_write_processing #undef elf_backend_get_sec_type_attr #define elf_backend_get_sec_type_attr \ ppc_elf_vxworks_get_sec_type_attr #undef elf_backend_emit_relocs #define elf_backend_emit_relocs \ elf_vxworks_emit_relocs #undef elf32_bed #define elf32_bed ppc_elf_vxworks_bed #undef elf_backend_post_process_headers #include "elf32-target.h"